220

Search - September 2012

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

‘SEARCH’, India’s leading B2B magazine on general engineering and manufacturing, is aimed to equip its readers with latest business trends, news, views and insights. A ready-reckoner for all techno-commercial information, it is a sumptuous source of business trends and growth opportunities. Encompassing all the segments of manufacturing along with sourcing solutions, this monthly presentation is a unique platform for SMEs as well. With multitude of dedicated readers patronising this flagship magazine, launched in 1998, SEARCH has retained the leadership position in its domain

Citation preview

Page 1: Search - September 2012
Page 2: Search - September 2012
Page 3: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: L&T ltd Pg. 3

Page 4: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: Precihole Pg. 4

Page 5: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: GW ltd Pg. 5

Page 6: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: Power build Pg. 6

Page 7: Search - September 2012
Page 8: Search - September 2012
Page 9: Search - September 2012

ome facts: World Bank predicts that mining is poised to expand considerably over the next 20–30 years. India produces as many as 86 minerals, which include 4 fuels, 10 metallic, 46 non-metallic, 3 atomic and 23 minor minerals. The total value of mineral production in India (excluding atomic minerals) during 2009–10 was estimated at `1,27,921.42 crore, which shows an increase of about 4.61% over that of the previous year. This figure is on the ascent and is expected to be huge by the end of 2012. The Indian mining industry market is set to attain a size of US$36.2 bn by 2016, according to a report recently

released.Mining retains the position of being the most talked about topic and deliberation among the populace,

though not necessarily concluding with any concrete outcomes. While the reasons for the attention are well known (the sheer prospects & profits involved), the misdoings and mishandlings involved in this sector, given the scope & the dangers involved, attract bad press.

The outcome: the business-to-business community, the value chain, the suppliers and vendors’ community face the adverse impact of the negative publicity—a concern that needs to be addressed and sorted. All this becomes all the more relevant as India ranks among the world’s Top 5 nations for its core competency commodity reserves of coal and iron ore.

While India is the world’s third-largest producer of coal, fourth-largest producer of iron ore and the fifth-largest producer of bauxite, only 10% of the country’s landmass has been explored, primarily due to significant bureaucratic obstacles.

It is more than established that the Indian mining sector has a goldmine of profits and prospects. However, there are some hurdles as well that the sector needs to watch out for. In many countries, including India, governments are seeking a greater take from the sector through a wave of new requirements, such as mandated beneficiation, export levies and limits on foreign ownership. Projects around the world have been deferred or delayed because of the degraded risk/reward equation.

Then again, global skills shortage, infrastructure access, cost inflation, capital project execution, social licence to operate, price & currency volatility, capital management & access, and fraud & corruption are some worrying factors that can stall the growth of this sector.

A bright spot, however, is the increasing number of Indian companies venturing overseas to secure stable, long-term supplies of minerals, such as coal and iron ore, in a bid to meet the fast-rising domestic demand. While the demand outlook remains strong, mining and metal companies too remain nimble and sure-footed in how they manage these fast-changing risks.

Now is the time to promote the optimal utilisation of India’s mineral resources for its industrial growth and socio-economic development, through scientific exploration, sustainable mining practices and geo-scientific research & development.

Considering the mineral potential of India, the contribution of the mining sector in the GDP should increase. The mining sector needs to play a major role if India has to realise its cherished growth figures. The importance of the sector in the growth of GDP in mineral rich countries indicates the opportunities available…but are we then undermining our potential?

SUNDERMINING POTENTIAL?

Archana [email protected]

Page 10: Search - September 2012
Page 11: Search - September 2012

| Pg 70

CONTENTS

9 EDITORIAL Undermining Potential?

SPECIAL FOCUS: Pumps And Valves

AUTOMATION TRENDS139 Robotics In Nuclear Fuel Cycle Automating The Atomic World

The production operations in mining tend to be separate and cyclic in nature, although the trend in modern mining and tunnelling is to eliminate or combine functions. In order to increase the continuity of extraction, production cycle and certain auxiliary operations must be performed. Here are the major stages and processes that comprise the whole of the mineral production via the mining process.

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS36 Latest Happenings In The World Of Manufacturing

‘Operational improvement is critical for companies to achieve competitiveness in all its KPIs’ Filippo Mantegazza, Chairman of the Board, Solving Efeso International SA

PPg 44g 44

IN CONVERSATION WITH

POLICIES & REGULATIONS144 Financing SMEs In The ‘Interest’ Of SMEs

ENERGY MANAGEMENT142 Increasing Efficiency Saving Energy = Saving Money

● Special Focus: Material Handling ● Insights & Outlook: Defence

● Special Edition: Investment Destination: West Bengal

HIGHLIGHTS: OCTOBER 2012

STRATEGY146 Innovating Profitably The 10 Best Practices For Success

EQUIPMENT WATCH150 The All New JCB 3DX Backhoe Loader An Earthmoving Achievement!

Mining Processes And StagesMapping The Life Cycle Of A Mine

TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATIONS42 Technology Update Cutting-edge Solutions

Page 12: Search - September 2012
Page 13: Search - September 2012

PRODUCT UPDATE152 New Launches Latest Products In The Offing

158 Pumps & Valves Latest Products In Pumps & Valves

168 Mining Latest Products In Mining

178 General Products Rolling Out The Best In Class

190 International Products Showcasing Products In A Global Arena

198 EVENTS LIST

200 TENDERS

Pumps and ValvesSPECIAL FOCUS

50 Open Page

52 Pumps: 10 Growth Commandments

The Doctrine Of Growth

62 Five Discourses Of Valves The Controlling Authority

Mining

PRODUCT UPDATE

CONTENTSSPECIALS IN THIS ISSUE

212 ADVERTISERS’ LIST Advertisers’ List In Chronological Order

202 PRODUCT INDEX Alphabetical Listing Of Products Presented In The Issue

INSIGHTS & OUTLOOK

68 Open Page

76 Emerging Trends Expectations 2012 For

Global Mining Sector

85 Mining Of Fuels Fuelling Power Into

Indian Mining

88 Indian Coal Scenario Overview

A Resource-full Reserve

92 Uranium Mining Nuclear Energy: Towards Attaining

Self-reliance

96 Overviewing Some Major Mineral Ores Minerals: The Essential Elements Of

Growth

108 Mining Equipment Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient

110 Safety In Mining Mining’s Achilles Heel

116 Environmental Effects Of Mining Is The Eroders Of Earth Tag Justified?

122 National Policies On Mining A Guiding Light For Indian

Mining

124 FDI In Mining A Goldmine Of Business

Opportunities

130 Mergers, Acquisitions And Joint Ventures

Envious Deals To Deliver Demands

134 Global Mining Deals 2011–12 Empowering Nations

Looking For A Specifi c Product?Searching and sourcing products were never so easy.

Just type SRCH (space) Product Name

and send it to 51818eg. SRCH Pump and send it to 51818

Se

J

eg

Page 14: Search - September 2012
Page 15: Search - September 2012

FOUNDER & EDITOR, NETWORK 18Raghav Bahl

PRESIDENT & EDITORIAL DIRECTOR, TV 18Senthil Chengalvarayan

EXECUTIVE EDITORArchana Tiwari-Nayudu

EDITORIAL TEAMKimberley D’Mello, Nishi Rath, Prateek Sur, Archana Singh,

Arindam Ghosh (Delhi), Suprita Anupam (Bengaluru)

ASSISTANT ART DIRECTORVaruna Naik

DESIGN TEAMSanjay Dalvi, Uttam Rane, Hemant Lambe

CHIEF PHOTOGRAPHERMexy Xavier

PHOTOGRAPHYNeha Mithbawkar, Joshua Navalkar

BUSINESS CONTROLLERSLovey Fernandes, Akshata Rane, Marjorie Carvalho, Shefali Mahant

Deepak Bhatia, Ashish Kukreti, Shwetha ME, Jayashree N, Sugandha Kulkarni

PRINTINGEXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

Ananth R Iyer

ASSISTANT GENERAL MANAGER - PPCShekhar Khot

PRODUCTION TEAMDnyaneshwar Goythale, Surekha Karmarkar,

Ravikumar Potdar, Ravi Salian, Sanjay Shelar

OVERSEAS CONTACTRingier Trade Media Ltd CHINA

1001 Tower 3, Donghai Plaza, 1486 Nanjing Road, West, Shanghai 200040, China Tel: +86-21 6289 – 5533 Ext. 368, Fax: +86-21 6247 – 4855

(Craig Shibinsky) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd HONG KONG

9/F, Cheong Sun Tower, 118 Wing Lok Street, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong Tel: +852 2369 – 8788 Ext. 21, Fax: +852 2869 – 5919

(Octavia Au-Yeung) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd TAIWAN

Room 3, Fl. 12, No. 303, Chung Ming S. Rd., Taichung, TaiwanTel: +886-4 2329 – 7318 Ext. 16, Fax: +886-4 2310 – 7167

(Sydney La) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd GERMANY, AUSTRIA, SWITZERLAND

Tel: +41-44 734 0472, Fax: +41 44 734 0680Email: [email protected]

USA Tel: (513) 527-8800 Fax: (513) 527-8801

Email: [email protected]

USA Alfredo Domador, 6505 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 430 Miami, FL. 33126, USA

Tel: (305) 448-6875, Fax: (305) 448-9942

GROUP CEO, NETWORK 18B Sai Kumar

CEO-NETWORK 18 PUBLISHINGSandeep Khosla

EVP-HUMAN RESOURCESSanjeev Kumar Singh

ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENTSudhanva Jategaonkar

ADVERTISING SALESShashin Bhagat (Ahmedabad)[email protected]

Mahadev B (Bengaluru)[email protected]

Hari Hara Subramaniam (Chennai)[email protected]

Prakash N (Coimbatore)[email protected]

Kalyan Chakravarthy (Hyderabad)[email protected]

Ameya Gokhale (Indore)[email protected]

Aayush Bidawat (Jaipur)[email protected]

Abhik Ghosal (Kolkata)[email protected]

Inder Dhingra (Ludhiana)[email protected]

Mukesh Yadav (New Delhi)[email protected]

Rohit Dass (Pune)[email protected]

Chirag Pathak (Vadodara)[email protected]

MARKETING TEAMGanesh Mahale, Prachi Mutha, Akshaya Jadhav, Mitesh Agaria

NEWSSTAND AND SUBSCRIPTIONSDISTRIBUTION HEADSunil Nair

DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGERManoj Palsay

SENIOR MANAGER - SUBSCRIPTIONSSheetal Kotawdekar

CO-ORDINATORSRahul Mankar, Anant Shirke, Sarita Quadros,Chaitali Parkar, Kamlesh Mathkar, Vaibhav Ghavale

SERVICESSUBSCRIPTION SERVICES For subscription queries, write [email protected] or call +91 22 30034631-34 or toll free 1800 200 1021PERMISSIONS For subscription to copy or reuse material from SEARCH,Write to [email protected]• Monthly Issue Price: ` 100 • Annual Subscription: ` 799

Views and opinions expressed in this magazine are not necessarily those of Network18 Media & Investments Ltd (Network18)*, its publisher and/or editors. We at Network18 do our best to verify the information published but do not take any responsibility for the absolute accuracy of the information. Network18 does not accept the responsibility for any investment or other decision taken by readers on the basis of information provided herein. Network18 does not take responsibility for returning unsolicited material sent without due postal stamps for return postage. No part of this magazine can be reproduced without the prior written permission of the publisher. Network18 reserves the right to use the information published herein in any manner whatsoever.

Publishing

Printed by Mohan Gajria and published by Lakshmi Narasimhan on behalf of Network18.Executive Editor: Archana Tiwari-Nayudu

Printed at Infomedia 18 Ltd, Plot no.3, Sector 7, off Sion-Panvel Road, Nerul, Navi Mumbai 400 706, and published at Network18, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J K Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028.

SEARCH is registered with the Registrar of Newspapers of India under No. 67827/98. Network18 does not take any responsibility for loss or damage incurred or suffered by any subscriber of this magazine as a result of his/her accepting any invitation/offer published in this edition.

* ownership of this magazine stand transferred from Infomedia18 Limited (Infomedia18) to Network18 Media & Investments Limited (Network18) in pursuance of the scheme of arrangement between Network18 and Infomedia18 and their respective shareholders and creditors, as approved by the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi and the necessary approval of Ministry of Information and Broadcasting is being obtained.

Page 16: Search - September 2012
Page 17: Search - September 2012
Page 18: Search - September 2012
Page 19: Search - September 2012
Page 20: Search - September 2012
Page 21: Search - September 2012
Page 22: Search - September 2012
Page 23: Search - September 2012
Page 24: Search - September 2012
Page 25: Search - September 2012
Page 26: Search - September 2012
Page 27: Search - September 2012
Page 28: Search - September 2012
Page 29: Search - September 2012
Page 30: Search - September 2012
Page 31: Search - September 2012
Page 32: Search - September 2012
Page 33: Search - September 2012
Page 34: Search - September 2012
Page 35: Search - September 2012
Page 36: Search - September 2012

36 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISNEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G

The manufacturing sector is expected

to register lower growth during

the July–September quarter of the

current financial year as compared

to the previous quarters, mainly

due to the rupee depreciation and

slowdown in demand, according to a

survey by the industry body FICCI.

The manufacturing sector, which

constitutes over 75% of the factory

output, did not perform well as it grew

a meager 2.5%, as against 6.3% in

May 2011.

According to the survey,

which drew responses from 418

manufacturing units and associations,

46% respondents expect that the

sector’s growth would be low in the

second quarter of this fiscal. On the

other hand, only 42% respondents said

that the depreciation has helped them

to improve their exports.

Rupee depreciation has presumably

affected the sector’s competitiveness

severely over the last few months,

said FICCI’s quarterly survey on

manufacturing.

“Rupee depreciation has led to

increased cost of their imported raw

materials and inputs by 5–25% in the

last few months,” said the survey.

The depreciation of the rupee

has affected some sectors such as

automotive, electronics, capital goods,

chemicals and textiles.

According to the survey, “The

demand conditions remained subdued

in the economy for the manufacturing

sector in Q2 compared to the

previous quarters.” The survey also

said that the capacity utilisation in

Q2 has remained low. Moreover, the

growth in manufacturing exports was

expected to be low in Q2 as against

the previous quarters.

The Steel Authority of India Ltd

(SAIL) has decided to outsource the

development of two huge virgin iron

ore mines at Rowghat in Chhattisgarh

and Chiria in Jharkhand.

Rowghat, which will have a capacity

of 14 million tonne per annum (mtpa)

and Chiria, 15 mtpa, are crucial for

SAIL’s capacity expansion. The

company has decided to develop these

two mines through mine developer-

cum-operators.

It would cost `1,000–1,200 crore

each for developing Rowghat and

Chiria mines, and if the method is

successful, SAIL’s investment for

mine development would be reduced

by around `2,500 crore.

The public sector steel major has

earmarked an investment of `15,000

crore for expanding its existing mines

and developing virgin mines.

SAIL, which would increase its

capacity to around 24 MT by the end

of next year from the existing 14 MT,

would require 39 MT of iron ore by

the end of 2013.

A railway line is also being laid

from Dalli–Rajhara to Rowghat, which

would cost `700 crore. Environment

clearance and first-stage forest

clearance have also been received for

Chiria mine in Jharkhand while land

acquisition is still under way.

India is all set to come up with two

manufacturing hubs in Sri Lanka,

which will act as supply chains for

companies based in India. Both the

countries have decided to double

their bilateral trade to $10 billion by

2015–16 from the current volume of

$4.8 billion.

Union Commerce and Industry

Minister Anand Sharma informed,

“India and Sri Lanka have agreed to set

up Manufacturing Special Economic

Zones for investment linked to

manufacturing auto components and

engineering goods. We will also set

up a pharma manufacturing hub in

the island nation.”

The manufacturing hub will be

set up in Trincomalee, known for

its natural deep-water harbour. The

location for the pharma hub is yet to

be identified.

The Commerce and Industry

Minister also announced giving

preferential access to Sri Lanka to the

Indian market. The manufacturing

hubs will help in value-added exports

to India.

MANUFACTURING SECTOR MAY RECORD LOWER GROWTH IN Q2: FICCI

SAIL TO OUTSOURCE DEVELOPMENT OF TWO VIRGIN MINES

INDIA TO SET UP TWO MANUFACTURING HUBS IN SRI LANKAA consortium led by Siemens VAI

Metals Technologies has received

an order from the National Mineral

Development Corporation (NMDC)

Ltd for the supply of a complete LD

(BOF) steelmaking plant. The order

volume for the consortium amounts

to approximately €290 million.

The steel plant will be built at

Nagarnar, Chhattisgarh, as part of an

integrated production complex with

an annual capacity of approximately

3 million tonne steel. The project is

scheduled for completion by mid-

2015. NMDC had already ordered a

sintering plant from Siemens for the

Nagarnar project site, according to a

company release.

The Nagarnar integrated

steelmaking plant is part of a national

programme to increase the steel

production capacity of India. Siemens

will be in charge of the design and

the ‘turnkey’ supply of the steel plant,

including two LD (BOF) converters,

two 175-tonne desulphurisation

plants (HMDS), two ladle furnaces

and an RH degassing plant. The

‘turnkey’ project scope of supply also

includes material handling systems,

primary & secondary de-dusting

systems, a gas recovery plant & a

water treatment plant.

SIEMENS BAGS NMDC PROJECT

Page 37: Search - September 2012

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 37

American Axle & Manufacturing

Holdings, Inc (AAM) recently

announced the grand opening of its

Chennai Manufacturing Facility

(CHMF), located in the industrial

park of Mahindra World City.

Cliff Owens, CHMF Plant

Manager, will oversee the facility’s

manufacture of highly engineered

driveline products for the region.

Products manufactured at the facility

include a family of front and rear axles

for commercial vehicles.

“We are extremely pleased to

celebrate the grand opening of AAM’s

third regional manufacturing operation

in India,” said John J Bellanti, Executive

VP – Worldwide Operations,

AAM, adding, “The Chennai

Manufacturing Facility will allow

us to leverage AAM’s track record

of world-class quality, delivery,

reliability and outstanding warranty

performance while furthering

AAM’s global expansion in emerging

markets.”

“Profitable growth in India is a

key component of AAM’s global

business strategy,” explained Anand M

Ganguly, MD, AAM India. “Chennai

Manufacturing Facility reflects AAM’s

commitment to India while allowing

us to provide advanced technology

products for current and potential

new customers throughout the region.

The facility is strategically located in

proximity to our OEM customers,” he

emphasised.

BMM Ispat Ltd is adding capacity at

its Hospet plant at a cost of `6,700

crore for expanding its capacity to 3

million tonne steel per annum. The

promoters will bring `2,500 crore as

their share and the balance will be

debt financed by a consortium of 16

banks led by the State Bank of India.

The company is adding capacity

adjacent to its existing facility and

has plans to focus on producing

long products, alloy steel for the

automobile sector and increase captive

power production to 675 MW from

the current 235 MW capacity.

According to the company, after

the capacity addition is completed

in 2014, BMM will be a 5-million

tonne per annum company.

The company, located at Hospet,

in Karnataka’s Bellary district,

currently produces 2.5 million tonne

of pellets, one lakh tonne of TMT

bars, seven lakh tonne of sponge iron

for domestic market and 235 MW of

captive power.

AAM ANNOUNCES NEW MANUFACTURING FACILITY IN CHENNAI

BMM ISPAT TO SPEND `6,700 CRORE ON HOSPET PLANT EXPANSION

BOC India (BOCI) Ltd, a member

of the Linde Group, recently

announced that it had been awarded

a major long-term industrial gases

supply contract by Tata Steel Ltd.

Tata Steel is progressing with the

first phase of its greenfield integrated

steelworks in Kalinganagar Industrial

Complex, Odisha, which will

become operational in 2014.

BOCI will invest `5.4 billion to

construct two large air separation

plants—each having a capacity of

1,200 tonne per day (tpd)—to supply

gaseous oxygen, nitrogen and argon

to meet the production requirements

of Tata Steel’s new steelworks. The

air separation plants, which will be

commissioned in 2014, will also

produce liquid gases to meet the

growing demand for gases in the

merchant market.

Commenting on the same, SK

Menon, MD, BOCI, said, “Our new

contract with Tata Steel represents a

great strategic win for BOCI, given

the fast-rising importance of the

Kalinganagar industrial complex as a

massive steel production hub in India.

BOCI also intends to establish an

extensive pipeline network through

the industrial complex to meet the

gas demands of the various steel

production units operating there,

and our latest agreement with Tata

Steel will enable us to take steps

forward in this direction.”

Speaking about the project, HM

Nerurkar, MD, Tata Steel, informed,

“We are pleased to be working

with BOCI in our new facility in

Kalinganagar. Our new 3 million

tonne per year (mtpy) steelworks,

which will expand to 12 mtpy in the

medium term, will be the first new

major greenfield blast furnace-based

steelworks built in India in the past

15 years.”

BOC INDIA TO INVEST `5.4 BILLION TO BUILD TWO NEW AIR

SEPARATION PLANTS

Kirloskar Brothers Ltd (KBL), the

flagship company of the $2.5-billion

Kirloskar Group, is keen to set up a

valve and pump manufacturing unit in

Odisha.

KBL is a global fluid management

solutions provider & a leading

manufacturer and exporter of

centrifugal pumps & valves. The

core businesses of KBL are large

infrastructure projects (water supply,

power plants and irrigation), project &

engineered pumps, industrial pumps,

agriculture and domestic pumps,

valves, motors & hydro turbines. The

company is scouting for a suitable

location in the state to set up the

manufacturing plant.

Odisha has attracted investments

worth `12.08 lakh crore across sectors

till the end of 2011, grabbing 10.04%

share of the overall investment in the

country estimated at `120.34 lakh

crore. The state has bagged the top

slots in manufacturing and mining

sectors with a share of 17.5% and

31.2%, respectively, of the total

investments.

KIRLOSKAR LOOKING FORWARD TO SET UP PLANT IN ODISHA

Page 38: Search - September 2012

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G

38 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Jindal Steel and Power Ltd (JSPL)

plans to invest `1 lakh crore to expand

its capacity to 20 million tonne per

annum (mtpa) in the next eight years.

The company is in the process of

expanding the capacity of its Raigarh

plant to 7 mtpa. New capacities at

Angul in Odisha and Jharkhand

will also come up. The company will

have 20-mtpa production capacity

by 2020.

Its Raigarh plant has three-mtpa

capacity and the company is planning

to commission the first phase of its

6-mtpa plant at Angul in Odisha

by 2013–14. The company is also

constructing a greenfield plant of

similar capacity in Jharkhand.

The company has already initiated

the process to acquire land and other

regulatory clearances to expand the

Chhattisgarh plant to 7-mtpa capacity.

According to company sources,

expanding the capacity by four mtpa

will take 4.5 years. JSPL envisages

`17,000–18,000 crore investment for

expansion of the Raigarh plant alone.

The company is also in the

advanced stages of securing an iron ore

mining lease from the Chhattisgarh

Government to feed its expansion

at Raigarh.

Dubai Municipality plans to use solar technology to reduce its consumption

of traditionally produced electricity and water by 20% over the next five years.

The municipality has signed up with a UAE Government programme to

retrofit buildings with systems designed to save energy. As part of its overall

energy strategy, the Dubai Supreme Council of Energy has identified a number

of measures that can easily be implemented to conserve energy and water.

Dubai has managed to curb the rising costs of utility provision by drawing

up a programme to moderate the consumption of electricity and water. This has

enabled the Dubai Electricity and Water Authority to postpone the construction

of a large-scale power plant—the 1,500-MW Hassyan project.

PTC recently announced that it has

signed a definitive agreement to

acquire Servigistics, Inc—developer of

an innovative suite of Service Lifecycle

Management (SLM) software

solutions—for approximately $220

million in cash. Pending regulatory

approval and satisfaction of other

customary conditions, the transaction

is expected to be completed in

September 2012.

The acquisition will greatly enhance

PTC’s existing portfolio of SLM

solutions, which, today, includes robust

capabilities in the areas of warranty and

contract management, service parts

definition and technical information,

including mobile delivery. Servigistics

is recognised as a technology leader

in complementary areas, such as

service parts planning, management

and pricing, field service management,

returns & repair management and

service knowledge management.

“Over the past few years, Servigistics

has earned a reputation for innovations

that help companies maximise their

global service businesses through

increased profitability, cash flow and

customer loyalty,” commented Jim

Heppelmann, President and CEO,

PTC.

SLM helps manufacturers and their

service network partners optimise

the customer experience by ensuring

that service is systemically planned,

delivered and analysed to continually

improve performance & maximise

customer value. Yet, few manufacturers

have either a coordinated strategy or an

integrated technology suite needed to

capture this new market opportunity—

with many manufacturers realising as

little as 25% of the total service value

in their products’ service lifecycle.

“At Servigistics, we share PTC’s

vision for helping to transform the

way companies execute their service

strategies,” said Eric Hinkle, President

and CEO, Servigistics.

“We anticipate that our clients will

reap great benefits from the synergies

of this shared vision and we are

pleased to help PTC secure a strong

technology & thought leadership

position in SLM,” Hinkle added.

In connection with this acquisition,

PTC is increasing its previous

preliminary FY’13 non-GAAP EPS

target of $1.70–$1.80 by a range of

$0.02–$0.05. PTC expects to draw

on its credit facility to finance this

transaction.

JSPL TO INVEST `1 LAKH CRORE BY 2020 TO RAISE CAPACITY

DUBAI TO PLAY IT BIG ON SOLAR POWER

PTC TO ACQUIRE SERVIGISTICS

At the 66th annual general meeting

of Mahindra & Mahindra (M&M)

in Mumbai, Keshub Mahindra

addressed shareholders for the last

time as Chairman of the company. A

Director for 64 years at M&M and

Chairman for 48, Keshub Mahindra,

officially resigned from the Board of

the Company. He will now take over

as Chairman Emeritus.

Keshub Mahindra joined the

Board of the Company in 1948

and was elected its Chairman in

1963. Under his Chairmanship,

the Mahindra Group grew from

a manufacturer of automobiles to

become a federation of companies

operating in a range of businesses.

He successfully created business

alliances with global majors,

laying the foundation for the

emergence of the Group as an

Indian MNC.

The Board has unanimously

appointed Anand Mahindra as the

Chairman & MD of the Group.

KESHUB MAHINDRA STEPS DOWN AS CHAIRMAN OF M&M

Page 39: Search - September 2012

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS

Page 40: Search - September 2012

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G

40 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

The International Society of Automation (ISA), Bangalore, recently organised

a seminar on ‘Automation, Robotics and Remote Handling Technology in the

Nuclear Fuel Cycle’ at Bangalore, as part of its mission to spread, encourage

& enhance the industrial knowledge of automation. KV Kasiviswanathan, Raja

Ramanna Fellow and Former Assistant Director, Indira Gandhi Centre for

Atomic Research (IGCAR), Kalpakkam, explained wider possible applications

of the automation technology developed at IGCAR, such as remote monitoring,

that had not been considered so far. The remote data collection devices are

connected to a management/control centre over serial or Ethernet, depending

on factors such as distance and the type of management system used.

The country’s largest power producer,

National Thermal Power Corporation

(NTPC), is looking to spend more

than `1.38 lakh crore over the next few

years on projects with a total capacity

of over 27,000 MW.

The state-owned power producer

plans to shell out `47,169 crore for

capacities that are currently being

constructed, involving 12,428-MW

generation capacity.

Another `91,353 crore will be

spent for projects ‘under award/tender/

planning’, with a total capacity of

15,100 MW. Together, the capital

expenditure would be `1,38,522

crore for establishing 27,528 MW

additional capacity.

Some of the upcoming projects of

NTPC are Mauda II, Vindhyachal IV

and V (all having 1,000 MW capacity),

800-MW Kudgi, 1,320-MW Barh-I,

500-MW Rihand-III and 800-MW

Koldam.

For the April-June quarter of

the current fiscal, the company has

declared 2,320 MW of new commercial

generation capacity.

NTPC aims to have an additional

capacity of 14,038 MW in the current

Five Year Plan (2012–17). And of the

projected total, 2,160 MW has already

been commissioned till July 31.

By 2032, the company expects

to have an installed capacity of

1,28,000 MW. Presently, the NTPC

Group has a total installed capacity of

39,174 MW.

Japanese auto major,

Toyota, would begin

engine production from

its manufacturing facility

in Bangalore. Shekar

Viswanathan, Deputy MD

– Commercial, Toyota

Kirloskar, informed that the

production would start from

August 2012. Toyota plans

to manufacture about one

lakh engines and 2.40 lakh

transmission units from the

facility. Toyota Kirloskar is

a joint venture between Toyota Motor

Corporation and Kirloskar Systems,

Bangalore.

Toyota Kirloskar had earlier

announced it would set up an engine

plant & expand its transmissions unit

to cater to Etios & Etios Liva—two of

its latest sedans.

ISA EMPHASISES ON THE NEED FOR INCREASING AUTOMATION

NTPC TO SPEND `1.38 LAKH CRORE ON CAPACITY ADDITION

TOYOTA TO BEGIN ENGINE PRODUCTION AT BANGALORE PLANT

Toyota to Invest $500 Million in BrazilJapan’s automobile manufacturer Toyota is all set to invest 1 billion reais ($500 million) to set up an engine factory in Brazil. The new project, which will be located in Sao Paulo, will create 600 new jobs, and would promote the level of local production of Corolla and Etios—two of Toyota’s car models.The plant, Toyota’s third in Brazil, will generate 1,700 direct jobs, with an anticipated production capacity of 70,000 cars annually. Toyota currently employs over 4,000 people in Brazil.

Honeywell recently announced that

it has been selected by Staatsolie

Maatschappij Suriname NV—

the state-owned hydrocarbon and

sustainable energy company—to

upgrade the safety and control

system at its Suriname refinery

to its Integrated Control and

Safety System (ICSS) solution.

The upgrade is being designed

& implemented in the context of

the Suriname Refinery Expansion

Project, which will double the

capacity and expand significantly

the range of products & fuels, with

a special focus on satisfying the

domestic transportation market. The

project is being managed by Saipem

as the main contractor responsible for

engineering, procurement, modules

prefabrication and construction

management.

Developed on the strengths

of Honeywell’s Experion Process

Knowledge System (PKS)

architecture, ICSS is an all-

encompassing safety solution

providing robust and secure control

for critical applications. Built to offer

simplified operations, integrated

process control and safety controllers,

ICSS will equip Staatsolie with best

in class compliance, reliability and

safety for its refinery production

units.

The upgrade includes the

expansion of Honeywell’s Alarm

Management System, Operational

Insight Software and OPC Desktop

Historian solutions currently installed

at the site. This suite of tools will

provide Staatsolie with automatic

monitoring of system changes, a

platform for cross-departmental

collaboration and enable the

communication of information from

data sources to any client application

in a standardised format.

HONEYWELL TO UPGRADE CONTROL & SAFETY SYSTEMS AT

ITS SURINAME REFINERY

Page 41: Search - September 2012

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS

Page 42: Search - September 2012

42 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

CUTTING-EDGE SOLUTIONS

a c h i n e a n d

original equipment

manufacturers, system

integrators and end users with

demanding applications look to

simplify network design while

maintaining resiliency. The new

Allen-Bradley FLEX I/O dual-

port EtherNet/IP adapters from

Rockwell Automation achieve

this goal. The adaptors help

OEMs connect machines to their

end customers’ IT infrastructures

using a single network. With

the dual ports, users can also leverage

the adapters to display diagnostics via

a simple web browser. This, in turn,

helps reduce troubleshooting and

downtime.

The new EtherNet/IP adapters

support a Device-Level Ring (DLR)

topology, which provides a robust

network infrastructure and ensures

extremely fast recovery time while

keeping implementation costs down.

DLR infrastructures are connected at

the end device versus the switch.

With no need for unnecessary

switches and cabling, users can

reduce design time and simplify

implementation. The ring also

adds a measure of redundancy

that is very effective when a

connection fails—as a single

network failure, such as a cable

break, will not lead to the failure

of other devices in the ring. A

DLR network can recover in

less than three milliseconds for

a 50-node system. During this

time, the connection between the

programmable automation controller

and the I/O device is not interrupted.

The adapters also support the daisy-

chain topology for applications that

involve devices located far from CPU

sub-systems.

The adapters (1794-AENTR

and 1794-AENTRXT for extreme

environments) that are compatible

with the Rockwell Software products

include RSLogix 5000 programming

software version 16 & higher, and

RSLinx version 2.58 & higher. The

adapters also can connect up to eight

FLEX I/O modules.

E researchers have tested

the prototype of an interior

permanent magnet traction

motor expected to enhance the travel

range for electronic vehicles and hybrids.

The traction motor is a component of

the propulsion system that converts

electrical energy into motion to drive

hybrid and electric vehicles.

According to Ayman El-Refaie,

Electrical Engineer, GE Global

Research’s Electrical Machines Lab,

the company has always strived to

build robust and efficient motors for

hybrid and electric vehicles. “We have

built a motor that is substantially more

powerful than what is commercially

available now, while improving

efficiency by up to 5%,” El-Refaie

informed. The development is part

of the four-year, $5.6-million US

Department of Energy (DoE) project

on electronic vehicles and hybrids.

“This technology is scalable & flexible

and can be leveraged in a number of

capacities,” added El-Refaie.

It has been fully tested in the lab

and demonstrated for DoE. However,

further testing for reliability is

required before commercial production

commences.

DUAL-PORT ETHERNET/IP I/O ADAPTERS HELP IMPROVE USER EXPERIENCE

GE TESTS INTERIOR PERMANENT MAGNET TRACTION MOTOR THAT WILL ENHANCE THE TRAVEL RANGE FOR ELECTRIC & HYBRID VEHICLES

M

G

• The new EtherNet/IP adapters support a Device-Level Ring (DLR) topology, which provides a robust network infrastructure and ensures extremely fast recovery time while keeping implementation costs down.

• DLR infrastructures are connected at the end device versus the switch. With no need for unnecessary switches and cabling, users can reduce design time and simplify implementation.

USPs

• GE’s traction motor delivers higher power density, acceleration and energy effi ciency in a smaller frame at a lower cost.

• It reduces the fuel consumption on electric vehicles and their hybrids.

• GE’s traction motor has almost twice the temperature tolerance of conventional hybrid-electric motors.

• It also does not require a separate cooling system.

USPs

1749 FLEX I/O Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Communication Adapter Module

Page 43: Search - September 2012
Page 44: Search - September 2012

FILIPPO MANTEGAZZA

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 244

DEFINE OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCEIn today’s times, a company has to

maintain a long list of Key Performance

Indicators (KPIs) in order to gain

an edge in the market. Operational

improvement or operational excellence

is critical for a company to achieve

competitiveness in all the KPIs it

follows. There are various important

techniques and concepts that are

followed to achieve operational

excellence like Total Quality

Management (TQM), developed in

Japan. Besides, many companies opt

for Six Sigma to achieve excellence

in quality. Additionally, we have the

philosophy of Lean.

These are not just theories, but

part of your systems that need to

be implemented continuously in

order enhance your capability &

performance level. For a company to

reap the benefits from these concepts,

the entire organisation needs to come

forward and play a proactive role in

implementing these techniques.

MANTRA TO GAIN A COMPETITIVE EGDE Operational excellence plays a critical

role in transforming the entire supply

chain of a company and in creating a

big impact on cost & quality. It further

strengthens the ability of the company

and allows it to react quickly & work

according to the changing market

situations. If a company has expertise

in understanding its market, it will

remain highly competitive and sustain

itself in the market in the long term.

It is very critical to understand that in

today’s time, it is not merely enough to

be good enough; what you really need

is to know the market and be better

than the competition. Operational

improvement enables a firm to raise the

competitiveness and provide substantial,

tangible and lasting gains.

KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR COMPANIESThere are two major factors that

Operational improvement is critical for companies to achieve competitiveness in all its KPIs

Filippo Mantegazza, Chairman of the Board, Solving Efeso International SA, in an interaction with Arindam Ghosh, shares his thoughts on various critical subjects ranging from the importance of operational excellence to key

requirements for developing the theory, and highlights his contribution to develop the ‘World Class Operations Management’ approach to achieve operations performance improvement. Excerpts…

Born in Milan in 1951, Filippo Mantegazza is a Plant Engineer and a graduate from Milan Polytechnic. He has also earned a degree from MIT in Production Planning. He founded Efeso Consulting in 1979, an International consulting company focussed on operations improvement. He has been serving as Chairman of the Management Board, Solving Efeso, since 2007 and looks at the overall business activities of the company. He has also authored many publications.

CREDENTIALS

Page 45: Search - September 2012

FILIPPO MANTEGAZZA

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 45

a company needs to consider for

achieving operational improvement.

Firstly, a company needs to develop

and build a strategy based on thorough

research of the market conditions it

wants to operate in. It is important

to understand that a company cannot

afford to do everything everywhere,

as every market has unique features,

characteristics and requirements. It

needs to be very selective in its offerings.

Secondly, companies need to engage

themselves with the local elements

of the market. This will allow them

to develop a deeper understanding of

the market & its behaviour and react

quickly & adapt itself according to the

changing market scenario.

NEED TO ADOPT A LOCALISED APPROACH Implementing a localised approach

is the key to success for any global

company that wants to enter a market.

If a company wants to enter India,

it needs to adopt an India-specific

approach. This has to be developed

based on customer preferences,

local culture, etc., of each region.

If the global company has strong

local knowledge, it can flourish its

business in a short span of time and

will be competitive under any market

condition. This is vital, because if a

company cannot remain competitive,

it cannot survive for long.

DEVELOP WORLD CLASS OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT APPROACHFor the last 30 years, I have been

involved in many projects for

making various companies achieve

operational excellence. I have worked

on various topics linked to operations

improvement like cost reduction,

performance improvement, etc.

After working for so many years,

we have developed and implemented

the World Class Operations

Management (WCOM) approach. It

was designed jointly in co-operation

with Fuji Consulting, the Japan

Institute of Plant Maintenance and

Richard J Schonberger, a world-class

manufacturing guru.

WCOM has been developed to

help companies improve operations

performance on a global scale. The

approach is based on Japanese methods

and ideas, but with a Western approach.

The implementation of WCOM has

led several large companies, such as

Volvo, Fiat, Unilever, Pirelli, Tetra

Pak, Heineken, to win some of the

most exclusive awards for operations

excellence, like Quality Award, JIPM

Award, EFQM Award, etc.

INDIA’S POSITION AMID ECONOMIC INSTABILITYOur clients have been coming to India, as

it offers a huge market and is currently

one of the fastest growing countries.

Additionally, the labour costs are

comparatively lower here. Our clients

have been enjoying a high growth rate

in terms of expanding their business

operations in the country.

India is a lucrative market. The

current phase of economic instability

is temporary, given that the Indian

market is governed by strong economic

fundamentals. If you compare

India and China, India has a strong

advantage in terms of a large English-

speaking workforce. Moreover, in

terms of costs, it is very competitive

globally. However, in terms of doing

business, China has a big advantage as

it offers state-of-the-art infrastructure.

HELPING COMPANIES ACHIEVE OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE Companies that are operating globally,

especially our clients, are highly aware

of the importance of operational

excellence. Such companies have

been following several techniques to

achieve this. With the ever-growing

globalisation and the resulting

competitiveness, the Indian companies

also understand the importance of

operational excellence. This is where

the role of Solving Efeso comes

in. We will help in expanding the

business of our customers not only

in India, but also globally, by making

them achieve operational excellence.

The combination of our strategic and

operational teams will widen the scope

of opportunities for our clients.

INITIATIVES REQUIRED Companies come to India because they

see a huge business opportunity in the

country. Besides, excellent infrastructure

will play a key role in further

encouraging companies to enter the

country. With regards to infrastructure,

I have observed that the country has

been taking several steps to improve its

infrastructure. A modern and advanced

infrastructure is vital for improving

the productivity and efficiency of the

supply chain movement, as it will

ensure rapid expansion of the business.

At the same time, a company needs to

develop innovative strategies to remain

competitive in the market.

[email protected]

Your Passion…My work drives me.

Your Hobbies…I like sailing and skiing.

Your Mentor...There have been quite a few individuals from whom I have learnt a lot. However, I would like to name two people who have greatly influenced me; Antonio Roversi and Guido Granata. Antonio Rosersi motivated me to become a consultant and Guido Granata, my professor, has always been a huge source of inspiration.

UP CLOSE & PERSONALUP CLOSE & PERSONAL

Page 46: Search - September 2012
Page 47: Search - September 2012

SEARCH September 2012 Ad Name: Peantair Pg No. 47

Page 48: Search - September 2012

SEARCH September 2012 Ad Name: Renu Pg No. 48

Page 49: Search - September 2012
Page 50: Search - September 2012

PUMPS AND VALVES

50 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Interstate Natural Gas Association of America (INGAA) has estimated that North America would add 19,000 miles (31,000 km) of oil pipelines at a cost of $31.4 billion by 2035 as production surged 50% to 12.7 million barrels per day

The US shale oil revolution cannot be stopped, but it could be delayed by a potential shortfall of 10-tonne valves and giant pipeline pumps

ITT Corp’s adjusted quarterly profit handily beat market expectations on strong sales of components to the US mining, chemical and industrial sectors as well as emerging markets, sending shares up as much 15% in morning trade

As per the research done by UK micro fluidics experts, the valve industry will soon be able to add the next-gen flavour with advancements done in nanotechnology like ‘plug and play’ micro fluid system.

The global business of pumps and valves has crossed the market cap of US$75 billion, while the Indian business, which is growing at an average of 5.5% per year, has been pegged at around US$3 billion. Pumps: While the US will remain the largest

purchaser of pumps for the next five years as per the demand trends, China will remain the largest growing country with the largest growth rate; it will build nearly half of the world’s new coal-fired plants in the next five years. Centrifugal pumps, with more than 50% of the total sells, will remain at the top as compared to the submersible pumps having 10% of the total sells.

Valves: In the valve industry, China is at the top of the list with 15% growth rate; this trend is likely to continue owing to the investments made in the country. The global demand has been rising at 5.4% annually and is expected to have a market cap of $94 billion by the end of 2016. The valves industry, so far, is dominated by the conventional valves with 60% shares of the total, but the rising demands of automotive valves will overturn the data by the end of 2020. The East-West Pipeline project has kept the demand for gate valves and ball valves in double digits, while plumbing and other control valves have found applicability in drip irrigation and sprinkler irrigation, oil & gas, power generation, mining, water reticulation, sewage and chemical manufacturing.

The are huge expectations from the US shale oil projects worth US$20 billion, Canada-Bakken-Ohio two pipeline projects, Indian pipeline projects, power sector, irrigation and water treatment sector.

Pump Industry: The industry leaders in this segment are Kirloskar Brothers Ltd, Tecumesh Products (India) Ltd, BHEL, Ingersoll-Rand, Elgi Equipment, CRI Pumps, Sharp Pumps, Aqua Sub Pumps, Suguna Motors & Pumps, Texmo Pumps, Grundfos Pumps, ITT Corporation India, Heidelberg ProMinent Fluid Controls

Valve Industry: The industry leaders in this segment are Audco India Ltd (AIL), L&T Valves, Peco Valves, Precision Valve India Ltd, BHEL, Sealmech Valves, Brightech Valves.

The key sectors are oil and refineries, water treatment, irrigation, agriculture, hydropower, solar power, pulp & paper industry, sugar industry and power industry. The key demands are likely to come from water treatments, domestic water circulation and the power sector. Canada and a few European countries have also raised the demand for Indian pumps and valves in the pulp & paper industry over the last few years.

� In the News

� Scenario

� Expectations

� Industry leaders

� Key Sectors

Compiled by Suprita Anupam

Page 51: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 51

PUMPS AND VALVES

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS: The Doctrine Of Growth ........................................52

FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES: The Controlling Authority ...........................................................62

Page 52: Search - September 2012

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

52 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

or centuries, Indian pump manufacturers

have made significant contributions towards

‘pumping up’ the growth prospects of almost

all sectors in India. Having won accolades and

awards the world over, the Indian pump industry

has now become a synonym for merging quality with lower

cost—owing to the magnanimous contributions made by the

top manufacturers that have become representatives of the

Indian pump industry. While the pump industry has more

than 500 manufacturers yielding out 1.5 million pumps every

year, the rest are still serving the domestic demand without

meeting the quality standards. This presents a challenge to

the Indian pump industry – it MUST get organised!

SWITCH OVER TO THE GLOBAL SCENARIO…America, Europe and Asia have almost equal shares in the

pump market, but the fortunes of the pump industry in

these towering nations are plagued by the global economic

slowdown. In the Asian Continent, China, India, Malaysia

and Japan are the major contributors to the pump industry

with the top three companies of the world holding 20%

shares of the pump market, while the top 25 companies

owning 50% shares. Although China will demonstrate the

largest growth rate owing to the large investments made in

all the sectors and applications from semiconductor ultrapure

water to boiler feedwater, the US will continue to dominate

as the top purchaser of pumps for the next few years.

Despite the global downturn from 2009 onwards, a

few pump manufacturers from China

and India were able to convert others’

losses into their profits. What made

this possible? How did Indian firms

succeed in reaping the benefits

from a gloomy scenario? The

answer is simple. Indian

firms focussed on meeting

the requirements of companies,

i.e., they worked on making their products

more quality & cost conscious. They also worked

towards making their products future ready.

To compensate for the overall losses, the global slowdown

also fuelled the ‘collaboration trend’ among companies,

which increasingly started to look at collaboration as the

perfect strategy to expand their product range, ensure their

availability and enhance market size. Needless to say, the

pump industry worldwide also benefitted from this trend.

Substantiating the same is a study conducted by the

Confederation of Indian Industry (CII).

According to the study, Indian pump manufacturers are

currently exporting their products to more than 70 countries.

The Indian pump industry has attracted foreign investments

and also successfully captured the domestic market by way of

collaborations with local companies. Simultaneously, a few

Indian companies also expanded business across the globe

by acquiring foreign companies as well as forming joint

ventures (JVs). One such company is Kirloskar Brothers

Ltd (KBL).

Elaborating further, Subodh Srivastava, AVP & Business

Head – Distribution Sector, KBL, avers, “KBL is the only

Indian company that has acquired many foreign pump

companies such as SPP Pumps (UK) and Braybar, Africa.

We have also collaborated with Ebara to provide a specific

type of pump solutions. In this way, we are expanding the

global possibilities rather than only consuming the local

market.” KBL has also set up a JV with Copeland.

The bane called recession proved to be a boon in disguise.

By creating an environment that fostered a mixed economy

for the first time, it taught companies a valuable lesson—

build on market strength—and thus provided companies

a long-term solution for sustainability. The key standards

behind this sustainability were:

Easy availability of talent

Dynamic market strategy

Low innovation and technology risks

High performance with recommended quality standards.

F

Like ventricles pumping blood, pumps have been the propelling

factor behind almost all industries and households. The rapid growth

of the basic and other industries has encouraged the pump industry

to match pace with this growth. But the Indian pump industry is

certainly not on a high when compared to other manufacturing

sectors in India. While it is still trying to keep pace with the GDP,

we present the Ten Commandments that will help the industry set a

benchmark for others to emulate.

SUPRITA ANUPAM

Page 53: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 53

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

THE 10 COMMANDMENTS Big gaps among manufacturers inhibit the Indian pump

industry from having a strong and powerful association that

can propel it from all directions, by taking the necessary

steps. Industry experts, consultants and associations set the

doctrine straight for the pump industry. Here’s profiling the

10 commandments that will guide the pump industry to a

better and fruitful existence…

India has not yet explored all the possibilities of better water management. There is lots of wastage in the form of rainwater and mountain water. America and

Europe, on the other hand, focus a lot on saving every drop of water. That is where the demand for pumps rises as it includes irrigation, industrial and domestic water circulation. The demand for pumps is likely to come from the power sector, particularly from hydro power.Subodh Srivastava, AVP & Business Head – Distribution Sector, Kirloskar Brothers Ltd

THOU SHALT FOCUS ON DEMAND

The Indian pump market share—

including organised and unorganised

sectors—comprises 4% of the approximately $35-billion

global market of the pump industry. While the early Indian

market consumption was limited to catering to domestic

water supply (like pumping water from wells and irrigation),

the ‘liberalisation’ has helped shape the pump market as per

the global standards, i.e., from oil refineries to mines and steel

mills. Nonetheless, the major demand for pumps continues

to come from the power sector and water treatment industry.

Indian firms altogether produce more than 1.5 million

pumps worth $1 billion. And the demand trend in exports

has risen with buy-back contracts keeping technological &

economic competence in the industry. With the quality

perception rising across

the world, the demand

has risen locally as well

as globally. Power/energy

and the water management

sectors are fuelling the

pump demands by more

than 45%. This trend is

likely to continue with the

power crisis and erratic

availability of water in

the country. In addition,

demands from big

infrastructure projects, sewage treatments, power generation

(thermal, nuclear & hydropower and pumped storage),

oil & natural gas sector, refineries, fertilisers, lubricants

and petrochemicals sector, mining & metal ore refining

sector, steel, pulp and paper, utility sector, agriculture &

irrigation, fisheries and aquaculture are also increasing the

demands.

Commenting on the same, Srivastava remarks, “India

has not yet explored all the possibilities of better water

management. There is lots of wastage in the form of

rainwater and mountain water. America and Europe, on the

other hand, focus a lot on saving every drop of water. This

is where the demand for pumps rises as it includes irrigation,

industrial and domestic water circulation. The demand for

pumps is likely to come from the power sector, particularly

from hydro power.”

Srivastava further indicates that the pump industry might

witness futuristic demand from the solar

energy sector. Apart from these sectors,

few others like pulp & paper industries of countries such as

Canada and Malaysia have also increased the demands for

pumps—particularly centrifugal pumps and, in some cases,

submersible effluent pumps.

Centrifugal pumps still remain on the top even though

it has several drawbacks. Despite being inefficient at high

pressure, these pumps continue to record the strongest growth

and account for 50% of the total pump sales. Submersible

effluent pump, submersible domestic pumps and progressive

pump share 5%, 4% and 1% of the total sales, respectively.

The key importers of centrifugal pumps include the US,

the UK, Singapore, Chile, Ghana, the UAE, Egypt and

Germany. Fortunately,

the imports show positive

variations in their demand

trends. For instance,

German importers of

pumps basically belong

to chemical industries,

while Asian importers

primarily deal with oil

and refinery firms. This

variation encourages the

pump manufacturers to

work more strongly on

quality and customisation. Discussing the demand trends,

Prasanna Kumar Rao, MD, Heidelberg ProMinent Fluid

Controls India Pvt Ltd, informs, “For the last two years,

we managed to get more than 30% growth, but, this year,

it seems difficult. Undoubtedly, the year has not been good

for the pump industry, but the global slowdown has slowed

down our business.”

“We export to as many as 30 countries either through

ProMinent subsidiaries or directly in few countries like

Myanmar, Bangladesh, Bhutan and Sri Lanka. ProMinent

India is faring much better than China and Malaysia. We are

still confident of achieving double-digit growth,” Rao says,

adding, “ProMinent India alone fulfils the 30% demands

of the total dosing pumps, sugar, pharmaceutical and

electroplating industries. Recently, we supplied our entire

dosing pump system packages to Siemens while working on

a project of Torrent Pharma.”

Page 54: Search - September 2012

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

54 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Water treatment: This includes four kinds of industrial water treatment, viz., boiler feedwater treatment, process water treatment (like beer manufacturing), cooling water treatment (water before recirculation) and wastewater treatment.Pumped storage projects: A few sites by NHPC have been marked where pumped storage projects may take place in future. It is said that using pumped water to store electricity costs less than $100 per kilowatt-hour and is highly efficient. The projects will need high-pressure, high-capacity pumps. Some of its advantages are 33% energy savings, tapping groundwater—a more stable energy source—and no requirement for any other supplemental heat. Geothermal heat pumps can be either earth-coupled or water-sourced. Power applications: In a power plant, various kinds of pumps are used for different applications. The major applications include ash handling, boiler applications, coal handling, cooling tower applications, emission, pressure boosting and water service. The kind of pumps utilised for these applications

are plunger pumps, split case pumps, turbo flow multi-stage pump, self-priming chopper pumps, submersible pumps and so on.Emission control and fuel cell: Ogura Industrial Corporation’s air pumps were initially designed as superchargers for gas and diesel engines. However, it was observed that the pumps

can be better utilised as emission-control devices for diesel engines and to reduce parasitic load on fuel cells. The air, pulled via a pair of rotors, is trapped in the form of pockets formed in between the rotors and housing and is pumped from one side to the other. Thus, by working as an emission control device,

air pumps help reduce unburned gases from reaching the tailpipe by injecting oxygen into the exhaust stream to burn the hot exhaust gases. While working in a fuel cell application, these pumps control air, water and hydrogen going into the fuel cell to generate electricity. The air pumps are driven by brushless motors fed directly by those fuel cells.

Courtesy: http://www.consumersenergy.com

Figure 1: Pumped hydro power project work fl ow

Rising applications

THOU SHALT CUSTOMISE PUMPS TO RIDE HIGH ON APPLICATIONS

Yes, there is indeed a variety of pumps,

but each one has some drawbacks

against some or the other application. Moreover, pumps can

only be operated at certain operating points. The operating

point—which is usually arrived at by calculating cross-point

of head flow curve and system curve—decides the operational

temperature, speed, load & efficiency (for example, a

centrifugal pump increases system resistance and reduces the

flow). Hence, the required operating point must be carefully

calculated in order to avoid any drop in efficiency.

Additionally, customisation with technology

improvements has enabled the manufacturing of application-

specific pumps. New application trends are growing in both

closed loop pump storage projects and open loop pump

projects; earlier the shift was more towards closed loop. Over

time, with improvement in heat pump water technology,

the corresponding applications have also risen. Besides,

residential applications have also grown. For instance, Lowra

has designed a new submersible grinder pump for residential

applications. The new DOMO GRI has been designed to

deliver domestic sewage, liquids containing solids or fibres,

and wastewater from residential buildings to the sewer

mains or a pressurised sewer network.

The applications have extended their

purview from watermill or windmill to irrigation, water

supply, gasoline supply, air-conditioning, refrigeration,

chemical movement, sewage movement, flood control,

marine services and infrastructure projects among others.

Some application-based customised pumps include:

Floating SVI pump, new application for immersible pumps: In high-pressure application areas such as irrigation,

where the water is found in a reservoir or holding tank, it

becomes difficult to find a cost-effective solution to supply

water to sprinkle heads. Traditional submersible pumps are

incapable of handling the kind of high power required, while

the borehole pump adds to capital costs. The new Lowara

SVI immersible pump provides a ray of hope. The pump is

mounted on a pontoon—floating on the water—and moves

up & down depending on the water level and with a certain

operating range. This gives the user a number of pump

options to meet sprinkle head requirements.

CEB vertical pump for autogas application: CEB vertical

tank pump, a replacement of submersible design pump, can

be retro-fit into most of the common tanks. In the first stage,

Page 55: Search - September 2012
Page 56: Search - September 2012

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

56 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

THOU SHALT EXPLORE AND ENCASH TECH POSSIBILITIES

For the past few years, the Indian pump

industry technology trends have been

revolving around lean production, just-in-time production

and accuracy. To achieve these, there is an emphasis on

materials, material coating, energy saving, precision casting,

die-casting, sintering and deep drawing. As is the case

with the development of other industries, pump technology

development is driven by market demand. The basic

guidelines directing the technology trends include:

Long life cycle: As long as the plant lasts

Lowest possible operating expenditures: Lowest possible

energy consumption, without any local operators, easy to

remove and install

Highest possible reliability: Meantime between failures

above 50,000 hours

Less sensitive or protected against misuse: Able to run

dry or handle gas/liquid transients

Environment friendly: Leakage-free, easy to

decontaminate and easy to recycle.

The need to meet all these parameters leaves very little

room to renovate the basic technology of pumps. Discussing

the scope for improvement, Rao expounds, “In motor-

driven pumps, there is not much scope for improvement.”

To cater to the same, “in electronic hosing pump, we have

designed advanced electronic control equipment to make the

system much more accurate. ProMinent has also designed an

entirely new kind of electronic dosing pumps. In India, we

have also developed a new plasma pump,” he adds. However,

to include the above-mentioned directing guidelines, one

must consider the following:

To ensure that pumps have a longer life, the parts that

come in contact with water must use the newly developed

coatings, duplex steel, plastics (like Poly-Aryl-Ether-

Ketone or PAEK) or ceramics and titanium.

The frequency controller must be used to self-adjust

pump performance with the lowest energy consumption.

The pump must avoid any oil lubricant, shaft seals and

base plate coupling.

There should be early failure detection or tele-monitoring

systems to detect the problems in advance without having

any real downturn.

The pumps should have wide performance range.

However, a ‘smart pump’ that performs all the above-

mentioned guidelines costs much more

than conventional pumps—a factor that

deters customers from investing in them. Moreover, the

overall lifecycle with high performance of these pumps is not

guaranteed. Leaving the discussion aside, let us take a look

at some of the recent developments that could change the

architecture of the pump (for the better) in the coming years.

Variable speed technology: The recent sophisticated

variable speed technologies have allowed OEMs to create

smaller machines offering higher uptime, greater accuracy

and functionality.

Revolutionary rotary piston machines: Physicist and

inventor Wolfhart Willimczik has created a rotary piston

machine without bearings in the power train. The friction

in these machines has been significantly minimised to the

extent that they are able to run without any lubrication—

even at higher pressure.

Geyser pump: The geyser pump technology has been in

existence for as long as the airlift pump. However, the

Geyser Pump Tech Co attracted the industry’s attention

only after the technology received the patent in December

2000. Geyser pump, with its improved design over the airlift

pump, has eliminated the small bubbling. Instead, it holds

the supplied air for a while and instantly releases a big

bubble to the riser pipe.

New insulin pump technologies: The next-generation

insulin pump technology and Continuous Glucose

Monitoring (CGM) technology is still in the testing phase

and is likely to hit the markets over the next few months. It is

based on the Veo technology that has already been approved

in Europe. Meanwhile, the Animas Vibe, an insulin pump

with a built-in DexCom CGM, which is in its testing phase,

has demonstrated 99% accuracy.

Gas-fired heat pump technologies: The US Department

of Energy and Oak Ridge National Laboratory are working

on these projects. The idea behind the project was to

encourage the usage of environment-friendly gases in ACs

and refrigerators instead of using ozone-depleting gases.

Other recent advances include progressive cavity pump

technology, concrete pump technology, vacuum pump,

pumping hydrogen with electron beam technology and

adaptive gas pumping by controlled timing of active

microvalves in peristaltic micropumps. Commenting on GE’s

an NPSH impeller and side channel stage are located at the

bottom of the tank by means of an extension pipe. It operates

under flooded suction, while one to three side-channel

stages are placed below the discharge flange in order to

produce the required pressure with less power consumption.

This process has been optimised with better designing of

two-poles hydraulic system. The uses of this Sterling SIHI

CEB pump are for loading and unloading of liquefied gases

under boiling conditions offering several advantages over

traditional pumps such as low NPSH, effective priming and

continuous operation, pressure generating as well as a stable

curve and magnetic coupling shaft sealing.

Page 57: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 57

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

THOU NEED TO THINK ABOUT SUITABLE REPLACEMENTS

The ever increasing demand for

pump reliability, performance, low

vibration levels and better efficiency over a wide range of

operating points has prompted the need to search for new

materials for pumps that can be used in place of cast iron/

stainless steel. But they are application specific and hence,

materials must be looked at only after considering all the

physical and chemical properties of the composites as well

as fluids to be used.

Polymer-based compositesGE Oil and Gas has introduced a new material. Though

the use of materials like Poly-Ether-Ether-Ketone (PEEK)

as wear components in centrifugal pumps is not new,

this composite material can cover many new applications.

The American Petroleum Institute (API), in its journal,

has outlined a list of possible polymer-based composites

that can be used as possible alternatives to metals as wear

parts. Though the cost factor, tolerance and efficiency under

high pressure are still seen as big hurdles, there are a few

equally good benefits like accuracy and wide application

possibility—the biggest one being variable desired speed

over a wide range of operating points with long life cycle.

GE Oil and Gas has been offering few composite materials

for centrifugal pumps such as PEEK thermoplastic. The

ratio of resins fillers and the carbon fibre, however, can vary

as per the requirements.

Before using these materials as wearing

elements in pumps, the following must be

considered:

Chemical compatibility: Does the fluid to

be used for pumping show any kind of

chemical activity with the composite

material?

Temperature: Working temperature range

Abrasives: How much abrasion resistance

do they have?

Thermal expansion: Co-efficient of linear

expansion

Fillers: Carbon fibres, glass fibres and

aramid fibres, depending on thermal

expansion and other design parameters

Water absorption: By what percentage do

they absorb water and what’s their saturation

level?

Ceramic composites: PetroChem & Power

– Greene, Tweed & Co has provided non-

metallic friction and wear solutions

pumps called CeraComp® material.

This innovative ceramic-matrix composite delivers

dramatic benefits over traditional silicon-carbide materials

with superior fracture and wear resistance—expanding

the reliability of seal-less pumps by virtually eliminating

the risk of catastrophic failure. CeraComp® is capable of

withstanding temperatures over 1,100°F (600°C),

exceeding the upper limit of polymeric and elastomeric

composites, and maintains outstanding chemical

resistance, thereby achieving improved durability and

longer component life. According to Jonathan Pledger,

VP and GM — PetroChem & Power – Greene, Tweed

& Co, “The capability of the new CeraComp® is truly

game changing for the petrochemical & power industries.

This exciting new material will maximise plant production

capabilities by keeping pumps running longer with

reduced maintenance requirements.”

Silicon carbide: This material has gained wide

acceptance as plain bearing within pumps. It diminishes

unwanted frequency to some extent.

Dependent application areas: Composite material

property must be constant throughout the pumping.

Applications where new materials can be considered as

replacements are centrifugal pumps (in a few apps),

submersible pumps and immersible pumps.

Non-metallic wear part materialsMaterial Temperature limits

Min Max

Limiting pressure differential Application

PEEK

Chopped carbon

fibre filled

-30°C 135°C 2,000 kPa (20 bar) (300 psi) Stationary

parts

PEEK

Continuous carbon

fibre wound

-30°C 230°C 35,00 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) or

14,000 kPa (140 bar)

(2,000 psi) if suitably supported

Stationary

or rotating

Polyamide Need information relative to experience

Carbon graphite

Resin impregnated

Babbit impregnated

Nickel impregnated

Copper impregnated

-50°C 285°C

-100°C 150°C

-195°C 400°C

-100°C -

2,000 kPa (20 bar) (300 psi)

2,750 kPa (27.5 bar) (400 psi)

3,500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi)

Stationary

parts

Non-metallic wear part materials, which are proven to be compatible with specified

process fluid, may be proposed within above limits.

Such materials may be selected as wear components to be mated against a suitably selected

metallic component, such as hardened 12%Cr steel or hardfaced austenitic stainless steel.

Materials may be used beyond these limits if proven application experience can be

provided, and if approved by the purchaser.

Courtesy: GE Oil & Gas; Figure 3API 610 9th ed. - Table H.4

advances on this front, Subrajit, Head – Turbomachinery

Aerodynamics Lab and Aerodynamics & Acoustics Lab, GE,

Bengaluru, says, “Current research in the turbomachinery lab

is focussed on developing higher efficiency, power-dense,

wider operating range steam turbines, compressors, pumps

& next-generation seals for rotating components.”

Page 58: Search - September 2012

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

58 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

THOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND THE WIRE-TO-WATER EQUATION

A majority of the pumps used are

centrifugal pumps and to improve their

efficiency, the following key factors must be analysed:

Effect of speed variation: In a centrifugal pump,

peripheral velocity is directly related to the shaft

rotational speed. Hence, keeping the impeller diameter

fixed, variation of rotational speed alters the pump

performance. The rotodynamic pump performance

parameters of flow, head generated, power absorbed and

variation have been shown in the figure. The flow rate

must be calculated by taking all these variations into

account.

Effects of impeller diameter change: The efficiency of a

pump varies when the diameter is changed within a

particular casing. This is because changing the impeller

diameter creates a proportional change in the peripheral

velocity.

Net Pump Suction Performance (NPSH): This is

something that must be taken care of while designing the

pump to avoid undesirable effects of cavitation, noise and

vibration. The exceeding pump suction pressure is

expressed in terms of head of liquid and is referred to as

Net Positive Suction Head Available (NPSHA).

However, the value of Net Positive Suction Head

Required (NPSHR) is defined as the onset of cavitation.

When there is a drop of 3% NPSHR compared to the

cavitation-free performance, a prolonged operation might

lead to damage.

IMPROVING EFFICIENCYWith the above factors taken into account, a dynamic flow

strategy can improve pump efficiency

by 4%—which is enough to save around

$3 billion annually.

Pump control by varying speed: Speed variation changes

duty point. In the systems where speed reduces with

friction losses, the operating point remains constant. But

in a high static head situation, a small turn down can

result in a big reduction in flow rate as well as pump

efficiency.

It should be noted that the drop in pump efficiency

during speed reduction in a system with static head,

reduces the economic benefits of variable speed control.

Hence, it is apt to select the pump in accordance with the

system curve intersection of full-speed pump & efficiency

such that efficiency will increase as the speed is reduced

and then decrease.

Pumps in parallel switched to meet demand: It is

another efficient method to improve the efficiency

where static head is in high proportion, as the system

curve is usually not affected by the number of pumps

that are running. If the closed valve heads of different

pumps are similar, it would be a wise decision to

run different pumps in parallel. In this way, a large

number of different flow rates can be achieved without

affecting the optimum pump efficiency of individual

pumps.

Other Methods: The other methods to improve

performance include optimising start-stop control, flow

control valve, bypass control, fixed flow reduction and

variable speed drives.

Figure 3: Effect of pump speed change with a system with high static headCourtesy: Bureau of Energy Efficiency

Figure 2: Pump performance Curves

Page 59: Search - September 2012
Page 60: Search - September 2012

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

60 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Harvest Energy Conservation Opportunities in Pumping Systems Ensure adequate NPSH at site of installation Ensure availability of basic instruments at pumps

like pressure gauges, flow meters Operate pumps near best efficiency point Modify pumping system and pumps losses to

minimise throttling Adapt to wide load variation with variable speed

drives or sequenced control of multiple units Stop running multiple pumps—add an auto-start

for an online spare or add a booster pump in the problem area

Use booster pumps for small loads requiring higher pressures

THOU OUGHT TO DISPOSE OF GRACIOUSLY

THOU OUGHT TO DESIGN WITH CARE

THOU SHALT FOCUS ON SAVING ENERGY

Pumps provide safe disposal of wastes—

be it wastewater or other unwanted

byproducts—by keeping the product safe and secure.

However, the pumping solution to the waste disposal is

product specific. Peristaltic pumps, lobe pumps, Archimedes

screw pumps, jet pumps, diaphragm pumps and centrifugal

pumps are best utilised for the purpose.

Vacuum transfer & pumping: More often, wastes

contain hazardous gas or materials that need to be

transferred via vacuum. These vacuum transfer &

pumping systems minimise the need to enter into tanks

or vessels to carry out cleaning. While the application of

this technology does not always provide the complete

solution, it can significantly reduce the man hours needed

in the vessel and thus reduce the

possibility of exposure to hazards and

risks. Besides, the vacuum transfer pumping system

provides emission-compliant engines, integral bunds and

noise suppression and enhanced atmospheric protection.

Waste-to-green: A majority of Indian plant operators

dispose of the waste by selling, recycling or simply

disposing. Global engineering and technology corporation,

Metso, provides automation technologies based on

peristaltic dosing pumps that can maximise a plant’s

incineration capacity while keeping combustion and

steam production stable. A suitable pump solution can

automate the process and with the waste-to-green idea, it

can solve the energy problem to some extent.

While pumps are chosen because of

their mechanical performances, one

needs to realise that along with their brilliant mechanical

performances, these pumps also bring with them several

disadvantages in the form of corrosion, friction and

high-pressure pump failure. There is, therefore, a need

for special designs, which will cater to the containment of

pressure and fluid sealing to minimise corrosion and friction.

These are usually not taken into

account during their design stage, and,

as a result, pose bigger threats later. Take, for instance, the

pump failure in the NHPC power project in Himachal 2006

that claimed six lives. As the process of industrialisation and

modernisation gathers momentum in the wake of globalisation,

the demand for pumps and its connecting parts is expected to

enhance. Hence, extra caution needs to be exercised during

Minor upgradations, such as eliminating

standby periods and trimming the

impeller diameter by 75%, can save a considerable amount

of energy. The cost of saving energy does not always cost

as much as presumed. The following

table indicates some solutions that

can help save energy by pumping under the Best Efficient

Performance (BEP).

Symptoms that indicate potential opportunity for energy savings Symptom Likely reason Best solutions

Throttle valve-controlled

systems

Oversized pump Trim impeller, smaller

impeller, variable speed drive,

two-speed drive, lower RPM

Bypass line (partially or

completely) open

Oversized pump Trim impeller, smaller

impeller, variable speed drive,

two-speed drive, lower RPM

Multiple parallel pump system

with the same number of

pumps always operating

Pump use not

monitored or

controlled

Install controls

Constant pump operation in a

batch environment

Wrong system

design

On-off controls

High maintenance cost (seals,

bearings)

Pump operated

far away from

BEP

Match pump capacity with

system requirement

Page 61: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 61

PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS

THOU SHALT KEEP THE MANUFACTURING COST LOW

THOU SHALT NOT DO ANY WRONG AND BESEECH THE SAME

Cost and compatibility are the key

factors behind sustainability. As the

cost of materials rise over time, technology & innovation

will help keep the cost of manufacturing low. Elaborating

further, Prasanna says, “In India, we have developed a new

plasma pump that is much more economical. We are now

selling it to China, Brazil, Germany and Italy, among other

countries. For instance, we can now deliver a pump that costs

€750 in Germany, for € 250.” Apart form the pump’s cost,

the operational cost must also be considered. To lower the

operational cost:

Activate the timer at the required intervals: This will

automate the process with complete control without

spending too much on control.

Keep the intake grates clear of debris: Clogged drains

require the pump to work harder, which uses more energy.

Hence, it is important to backwash your filter appropriately.

Optimise the pump size as per the requirement: Also, keep the impellers’

diameter short.

Operational cost has a lot to do with frictional power loss: Frictional power depends on the rate of flow, pipe size,

length of the pipe and properties of the pumped liquid.

Optimising them will bring down the operational cost.

Compute the annual and life cycle cost: Compare it with

the projected cost. Working on the gap will help bring

the cost down.

Evaluate pumping costs for a couple of pumps: Also, try to

accommodate the pipe size with the lowest overall life cycle

cost, particularly in systems dominated by friction head.

Look for how to reduce the friction factor: Thermoplastic

or epoxy-coated steel pipes in accordance with applications

can reduce friction by more than 40%, thereby saving

much of the operational cost

The Indian pump industry has its own

set of issues that need to be sorted out in

time by the government, if the industry has to be brought back

on track. Every hour, there is a pump failure in the country.

However, the culprit here is not the quality of the pump, but

quality of power. Besides, the poor quality of power has given

rise to unnecessary costs, viz. stabiliser and other support control

systems that are as costly as the pump itself. Additionally, there

are other minor issues—like Form ‘C’—which are threatening

the growth prospects of the pump industry. “By filling

Form ‘C’, you can avail around 2% rebate over VAT, which

is 14.5%. But it is not easily available and costs you much

more time, manpower and productivity,”

says Prasanna. Resolving the issues of

the pumps industry will, in turn, help resolve several other

connected issues. For instance, in almost all the metros, there

is huge scarcity of water supply that can only be met by using

more and more pumps. The increasing use of pumps will also

offer a boost to the agriculture and irrigation sector, which

are the lifeline sectors of the country. However, for this to

materialise, the government needs to intervene.

suprita.anupam@network18publishing .com

With inputs from Bureau of Energy Efficiency

the selection stage itself. One needs to opt for the right

type of pump design for the desired pumping service to

obtain reliability as well as profitability in the present

competitive industrial market. To ensure the same, here

are some of the factors that need to be kept in mind:

While designing a pump size, its size and the

pressure required for moving the fluid must be taken

into consideration. One must also take into account

the chemical and physical nature of the fluid.

Distribution of flow or pressure should be designed in

such a way that erosion and cavitation is minimal.

An alloy with good foundry characteristics must be selected

for parts of the pumps that come in contact with water.

A compatible wrought alloy must be preferred for items

such as shafts and stems.

Each pump design comes with some disadvantages. For

instance, centrifugal pumps can be horizontal, vertical: in

line, vertical: submerged or canned. The horizontal design

is not usually self-priming and can lose prime if air/

vapour is present. Besides, it has poor performance on

viscous liquids. In case of vertical: in line, bottom bearing

becomes contaminated. Hence, it is advised to go with

the symptoms in advance rather than replacing it later

after a disaster actually takes place.

Essential parameters of pump designFluid Nature and composition, concentration, pH, aeration, impurities,

chemical additions, suspended solids, variations with time

Temperature Minimum, maximum and normal; any possible thermal shocks

Pressure Range, including vacuum

Flow Volume with time, velocity including any local turbulence

Operation Continuous, intermittent, standby

Contamination Effect on fluid of any corrosion products which may be produced

Requirements Reliability required, minimum life, ease and cost of maintenance

Page 62: Search - September 2012

62 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES

V

Valves are inherently present in all the applications we use in our day-to-day lives. Strangely, we hardly ever notice them. From nuclear, hydro, or thermal power to the tap water we use in our daily life, all the mechanical pressures are handled and controlled by valves. Here’s a look at the various aspects of valves that can be considered as fi ve

‘discourses’ of the Indian valve industry...

alves, as accessories regulating the flow of fluids

(both liquids and gases), have been in existence

for centuries. Romans were the first to invent

valves in 25 AD. However, it was only by 1775

that it started taking the shape of an industry

as the demand for more and more pressure valves from a

growing steam industry began to increase. Initial globe valves

were designed using cast iron or alloys brass and bronze. In

the modern times, a number of technical advancements have

been made in terms of steel valves, pressure-seal bonnets

and corrosion-resistant valves to fulfil the requirement of

regulating 100-octane aviation fuel. But are these technical

advancements sufficient?

The global demand in the valves industry has been rising

at 5.4% annually and is expected to reach a market cap

of $94 billion by the end of 2016. At US$1.6 billion, the

Indian valve industry is growing at over 10% per year. This

trend is likely to continue for the next 5–10 years owing to

the huge investments made in the pipeline, power, water, oil

and refineries. However, this is not enough when compared

to China, which is showing a steady growth of 14.7%.

Like all other industries, the valves industry too faced a

slowdown during recession. However, it still managed to

grow at 10–12% because of its versatility in not only serving

various industries, but also in terms of product range. The

growth of the Indian valve industry is dependent on the

growth of other industries, such as infrastructure, electric

power, gas, oil, refinery, chemical industry, pharmaceuticals,

petroleum, etc. Elaborating on this, Anand Radhakrishnan,

CEO, Amrutha Technologies and Valve Solutions, informs,

“Although the Indian economy has been growing at

a steady pace, there have been many bottlenecks in the

implementation and execution of new projects announced

over the last two years in the oil & gas and energy sector.

This holds true for most of the public sector projects. Even

though there are many projects announced from time-to-

time, they are not sufficient to sustain the energy needs of a

large country like India.”

The valves industry, so far, has been dominated by

conventional valves (60% of the total), but the rising demands

for automotive valves will overturn the data by the end of

2020. The East–West Gas Pipeline Project of Reliance has

maintained the demand for gate valves and ball valves in

double digits. At the same time, plumbing and other control

valves have found applicability in drip irrigation, sprinkler

irrigation, oil & gas, power generation, etc.

Exports and expectations are on the rise. These need to

be encashed graciously while ensuring that the quality is as

good as the expectations. The following five ‘discourses’ will

help you understand the valves industry better…

SUPRITA ANUPAM

Page 63: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 63

FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES

Indian exports have been rising at

20%, but is it enough? Statistics

reveals that the domestic market is

growing at 10% with imports registering a 6.4% growth.

Hence, the actual export figures are not the same as

projected. German and Italian manufacturers/suppliers

are the major countries from where India is importing

its valves as they offer the best quality. However, some

Indian manufacturers copy their products’ design as well

as logo in a bid to capture their market.

As per the data released by German Engineering

Federation, the valve industry has been badly affected

by illegal imitations, with 14% of the manufacturers

being affected. Actuators’ manufacturers are the next

most seriously affected business. The Federation’s survey

also shows that a large percentage of the imitations

and counterfeits originate from China; 71% of the

affected companies named China as the country where

the imitations originated, followed by Taiwan (12%),

India (11%) and South Korea (10%). The ‘imitation’

tag hurts the business prospects of manufacturers in

these countries. However, this

certainly does not imply that these

countries are void of manufacturers

that focus on quality. India has manufacturers like L&T

and BHEL that are extremely concerned about quality.

But these form a marginal percentage of Indian valve

manufacturers. Nonetheless, India has managed to attract

foreign investments. To this, Radhakrishnan adds, “There

is a growing interest among foreign valve manufacturers

to set up manufacturing plants in India close to the

foundries they have been sourcing from, due to stringent

environmental norms on foundries in other countries.

Their products are exported and find ready acceptance in

the international market through their well-established

global distribution channels. As far as the organised

sector is concerned, home-grown valve manufacturers,

like AIL, Virgo and BDK Valves, are finding a strong

market share in the global valve industry market.”

Valves are used in critical applications. Therefore, it

becomes very important that the quality of materials used

to manufacture them must be application oriented.

“We have an app for that,” famously

said the late Steve Jobs. Before

releasing the first iPhone, Jobs had some 15 amazing

models from which the actual iPhone was selected.

Though Apple has applied all those designs for patents

for the sake of just what they did, they did not bring it

to the market. The reason: ‘Boom’ presenter, Steve Jobs,

believed in ‘not giving alternatives,

but in giving the best’. While we

merely state ‘necessity is the mother

of invention’, he actually did it.

Demand and applications are very

closely correlated. Both rely on each

other. It is up to you how to use

it. Jobs first created a product and

then, went on to create a demand

for it—be it an iPhone, iPad or an

iPod. This instance can be looked

at from the point of view of the valves industry. Unlike

the European countries, particularly Italy and Germany,

Indian valve manufacturers wait for the demand to rise,

i.e., they just follow the trend. This is where they lag

when compared to their Chinese

counterparts. Commenting on the

same, Hemlata Joglekar, ESE Manager, Alfa Laval India,

explains, “An economical and effective process is about

two things—simplicity and control.”

Though the Indian valve exports are growing at 20%

per annum, they are still not able to encash on the

proportional demand that has been

shifted to Asian countries, which

have a stronghold on almost half of

the world’s valve market. The major

reason behind it is that the Indian

valve industry is unorganised.

Barring a few manufacturers, others

have not explored the demands

that might come from outside the

country, even though they have the

necessary certifications.

The following organisations govern the international

valve industry:

American Petroleum Institute (API)

Manufacturer Standardisation Society (MSS)

BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO DO IT RIGHT

BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO SUPPLY TO THE DEMAND

The sectors where Indian valve manufacturers are still lagging include hydrocarbon processing, which requires a robust design to prevent cavitation and fl ashing, intelligent valve positioner market and special valve demands like counterbalance valves & nuclear power valves.

Page 64: Search - September 2012

FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES

64 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO)

American Water Works Association (AWWA)

Instrument Society of America

National Society of Corrosion Engineers (NACE).

Having ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certifications

makes manufacturers eligible to sell their products

across the globe. However, there are certain

application-specific organisations, like AWWA, which

give manufacturers an added edge. These application-

specific organisations ensure that a particular valve design

fulfils the application requirement. Therefore, obtaining

these certifications definitely gives manufacturers an

edge in terms of encashing on application-based

demands.

The size of valves varies from 0.1 mm to 5 m, and

so do their applications. Further, there are one, two,

or three-port valves, V-notch ball control valve bodies,

eccentric-disk control valve bodies and eccentric-plug

control valve fitting the requirement. The market sector

that these capture include wastewater, home plumbing

systems, heating ventilating and air-conditioning,

fire-conditioning, general industry, power, oil &

gas and refinery. Here, the sectors where Indian

valve manufacturers are still lagging include

hydrocarbon processing, which requires a robust

design to prevent cavitation and flashing, intelligent

valve positioner market and special valve demands like

counterbalance valves & nuclear power valves. Analysing

the demand possibilities can be the key factor to develop

new applications that might fuel the valve industry

exponentially.

With smart-bus and fieldbus

controls and new designs like triple-

offset butterfly valves, metal-seated

ball valves, improved materials—high Cr/Mo alloys,

superalloys, extended life seating and hard facing overlay

welding technology, technology advancements have been

made not only in valves’ design and material, but also in

the complete system including bonnets, actuators, trim

materials, gaskets and exotic—high and superalloys. The

valve response depends on the flow speed and actuating

type, whether hydraulic, pneumatic or electric. As

compared to others, pneumatic valves indicate a speedy

and good response. This is one of the important areas of

valve research, particularly in the field of nuclear power,

where a response delayed by even a millisecond can result

in losses amounting to `10-50 lakh.

Currently. there are technological advancements in

the fields of:

High-temperature alloys

Advanced computer control and actuation

Fugitive emission control

Packaging of bigger valves with diameter in metres

Bigger valves fitting.

Here, the focus of the technology is on stemless

valve technology, their applications, butterfly valves,

cryogenic valves & their applications, digitalisation of

valve actuators and positioners.

Stemless valve technology: Unlike traditional valves,

stemless valve technology secures fluids, vapours and

toxic & hazardous fluids from

any leakage, thereby saving the

environment. Seamless valves can

withstand high pressure and are capable of providing

torques up to 6,000 inch-lbs while opening and closing

under the harshest of conditions. One example of such

a valve is MagBall™ Valve, which caters to aerospace,

cryogenic, fuel cells and petrochemical industries.

Magnetic valve technology: Developed by Big Horn,

the magnetic valve technology combines the proven ball

and ball seal technology with new magnetic stemless

valve actuation. The technology provides uniform

levitation valve actuation, smooth low-turning torque,

fill-safe magnetic interlock, improved safety, 360°

rotational cartridge with longer seal life offering minimal

flow loss.

Digitalisation of valve actuators and positioners: A

weak response and fluid leakage from the best ergonomic

and robust valves forced manufacturers to reconsider

the accuracy of actuation & positioning. Companies

such as ABB, Yokogawa, Festo, etc., have digitalised

the valve actuators and positioners, thereby providing

a host of benefits in process plant applications, such

as hydrocarbon. Thus, this smart technology is able

to control multiple air-operated valves. Though some

benefits from the technology are yet to come, the

uniqueness of the technology lies in accuracy, better

troubleshooting and easy handling.

Smart ValveTM monitoring system: The system

BLESSED ARE THE DISCIPLES OF TECHNOLOGY

Page 65: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H

Sept

embe

r 20

12 A

d N

ame:

Mits

ubhi

shi

Pg

No.

65

Page 66: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: D

SM Pg N

o. 66

Page 67: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 67

FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES

There are loads of internal and external factors

that affect the performance of valves. The

countable parameters are dead band, actuator-

positioner design, valve response time, valve

type and characterisation, valve sizing, etc. The

competition has forced companies to produce

highest quality and efficient valves. Controlling

the process control variables written above,

one can manage to get the best efficiency for

a given application. Further, efficiency has

a lot to do with energy savings, which is now

connected with green initiatives. Expatiating

further, Radhakrishnan comments, “As far as

energy-saving techniques for the valve industry

are concerned, I would give core focus to air

compressors. Compressed air is the highest

energy drainer. Only 5% of electrical energy

is converted to compressed air that is used to

drive pneumatic tools and other instrumentation

equipment. Some basic techniques are to ensure

low inlet air temperature—increasing the inlet air

temperature by 3°C increases power consumption

by 1%, while reducing discharge pressure by 10%

saves energy consumption by up to 5%. Finally,

leakage from a half-inch diameter hole from a

single compressed air line working at a pressure

of 7 kg/cm2 can drain almost `2,500 per day.”

ASME and API standards are the universal guidelines to

test (shell test & seat test) as per product type, size and

class in the medium of air or water. Though this ensures

longevity with quality, ultimately it is the circumstances

that demand proper maintenance of valves. Further, it

is always better to repair in time than to replace later,

as repairing valves cost only 5–35% of the replacement

cost. Besides, repairing saves time as well. Repairing

can be on-site and off-site. On-site repairing is less

time consuming and less expensive. The machines and

instruments that are required for on-site repairing include:

BLESSED ARE THE BELIEVERS OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO VALUE TIME & MONEY

consists of a SMART ValveTM wear-monitoring sensor

wire between reinforcing cords and wear rubber to alert

maintenance personnel if the tube needed to be replaced.

Low-power solenoid valves: These valves have been

developed as pilot valves to open and close larger ball

or butterfly valves or on control valves for fail-safe air

release in case there is a loss of power. It may find

applications in refining upstream, oil & gas, chemicals,

pharma & life sciences, food & beverage and power.

There is further scope for R&D in sliding-stem

control valve technologies and rotary shaft control

valve technologies. As per Radhakrishnan, “Innovation

in the valve industry will move seamlessly along with

new process designs by the licensors in the global

market. There has been a lot of innovation in valve

automation along with some valve trim improvements

to offer solutions to specific process applications in the

downstream manufacturing plants.” He adds, “As the

competition in the valve industry continues to grow

with over 5,000 valve manufacturers in India, there is

much pressure on the cost of the finished products.

Manufacturers need to move closer to foundries,

where skilled labour and power are available in abundance.

The introduction of automation in the manufacturing

process can also drive down costs. As far as alternate

materials are concerned, there has been some exposure

to plastics PolyPropylene valves, given their strength

to withstand corrosion. Carbon composites are

at an early stage of development and much needs to

be done.”

Courtesy EFCO

VALVA Portable grinding and lapping machine for valves and flanges

VSK-Tools Special tools for grinding conical seatings

VSK-TOP SEGMENTS

Conical top segments

VSA Portable high-speed grinding machine for valves and flanges

SL Portable gate valve grinding and lapping machine

HSS Portable high-speed gate valve grinding machine

TD Portable turning machine for working sealing seats and drill holes

TDF Portable turning machine for working flanges

TSD Portable gate valve turning machine

FLM Stationary face lapping machine

KS Grinding table for wedges and disks

SM Stationary grinding and lapping maching

ENT Tilt tables

LS Special tools for working metallic lens type gaskets and tube ends

Page 68: Search - September 2012

68 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MINING AND MINING EQUIPMENT

Aureus Announces Settlement of Weaju Legacy Mining Claims

Aureus Mining Inc has signed an agreement to acquire certain legacy mining rights from Weajue Hill Mining Corporation. The legacy mining rights are situated in the Weaju area, covering only 1.7 sqkm of the total 457 sqkm. Class A Mining Licence was granted by the Republic of Liberia to Bea Mountain Mining Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Aureus.

American International Ventures settlement options with Bruner Mine to Patriot Gold

American International Ventures, Inc optioned the Bruner Mine to Patriot Gold on April 1, 2009, for eight annual payments totaling $315,000 and a balloon payment due on AIVN in April 2016, in the amount of $1,185,000. In addition, AIVN retained a 1.5% NSR wherein, PGOL has the option to purchase 1% of the NSR for an additional $500,000.

Green Technology Solutions: Could Canada Be the ‘Next Big Thing’ in Lithium Mining?

Rising global demand for lithium-ion batteries drives lithium prices higher and higher. Green Technology Solutions is exploring new opportunities in what could be the world’s next lithium hotspot— Canada. Lithium mining activities have recently drawn significant investing interest to Canada’s mining industry. Nova Mining acquired mining concessions in Saskatchewan, and Canada Lithium Corp is exploring an open-pit mine and processing plant in Quebec. GTSO could be the next company to capitalise on the worldwide boom in demand for lithium. That demand is being driven by increasing usage of lithium-ion batteries in everything from Apple iPads to electric vehicles. Some industry veterans predict that the demand for the metal could increase 20% this year over that of the previous year.

Klondike Gold Corp: JV Sets the Stage for Placer Gold Production on Indian River Project

Under the terms of a newly signed joint venture agreement with privately held Yukon Inc, Klondike Gold Corp’s Indian River Project’s construction work is under way. Klondike Gold entered into the Joint Venture (JV) with Yukon Inc to further explore and develop the Indian River mining project. The fully permitted placer gold property lies within the Indian River Valley—Yukon’s largest gold producer in the recent years—and is accessible by road from Dawson City.

China to develop three mines in North KoreaNorth Korea has signed a deal with China to jointly develop three mines in the North as the cash-strapped country steps up attempts to earn hard currency from overseas. The deal is the first foreign investment deal announced by the Beijing unit, which is run by the Committee of Investment and joint venture in charge of luring overseas capital and investment into the North. The joint North-China mining venture also illustrates growing exports of underground resources from the North to China, its closest ally and a major source of foreign currency.

McGuinty Government will test a thin spray-on lining that helps keep broken rock safely in place

Ontario is investing in innovative new technology that will help strengthen Sudbury’s position as a world mining leader. Through the Northern Ontario Heritage Fund Corporation, the Canadian Mining Industry Research Organisation will test a thin spray-on lining that helps keep broken rock safely in place in deep underground mining. The new product could become an important tool in ensuring the health and safety of underground workers.

Emerging Tech: Reality MiningReality Mining is defined as the ‘collection and analysis of machine-sensed environmental data pertaining to human social behaviour in order to identify predictable patterns of behaviour.’ This mobile technology has tremendous potential to comprehend the pattern of human life, in understanding of ourselves, organisations & society, and by analysing digital traces through sensors in mobile phones, cars, security cameras, RFID readers, GPS technology, etc.

� In the News � Joint Ventures

� Emerging technologies

Compiled by Prateek Sur

Page 69: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 69

MINING AND MINING EQUIPMENT

MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES: Mapping The Life Cycle Of A Mine .....................................70

EMERGING TRENDS: Expectations 2012 For Global Mining Sector ..............................................76

MINING OF FUELS: Fuelling Power Into Indian Mining ..................................................................85

INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW: A Resource-Full Reserve ...............................................88

URANIUM MINING: Nuclear Energy: Towards Attaining Self-Reliance ..........................................92

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES: Minerals: The Essential Elements Of Growth ..96

MINING EQUIPMENT: Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient ...................................................108

SAFETY IN MINING: Mining’s Achilles Heel .................................................................................110

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING: Is The Eroders Of Earth Tag Justified? ....................116

NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING: A Guiding Light For Indian Mining .....................................122

FDI IN MINING: A Goldmine Of Business Opportunities .............................................................124

MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES: Envious Deals To Deliver Demands .......130

GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12: Empowering Nations ..........................................................134

Page 70: Search - September 2012

MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES

70 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

he mining processes

involve many stages—

from exploration and

site development to

reclamation. The steps

that contribute directly to mineral

extraction are called ‘production

operations’. These constitute the

production cycle of operations.

The ancillary steps that support the

production cycle are termed as ‘auxiliary

operations’. The unit operations of

mining are the basic steps that are

used to produce mineral from the

deposit, while the auxiliary operations

are used to support them. During the

development and exploitation stages

of mining, when natural materials are

extracted from the earth, remarkably

similar unit operations are normally

employed. The production cycle

employs unit operations that are

normally grouped into rock breakage

and materials handling. Breakage

generally consists of drilling & blasting,

while material handling encompasses

loading or excavation and haulage

(horizontal transport), and sometimes

hoisting (vertical or inclined transport).

The basic production cycle consists of the following unit operations:Production cycle =

drill + blast + load + haul

PROSPECTINGProspecting—the first stage in the

utilisation of a mineral deposit—

involves searching for ores or other

valuable minerals (metallic or non-

metallic). Mineral deposits may be

located either at or below the surface

of the earth, using both direct and

indirect prospecting techniques. The

direct method of discovery, normally

limited to surface deposits, consists

of visual examination of either the

exposure (outcrop) of the deposit or

the loose fragments (float) that have

weathered away from the outcrop.

Geologic studies of the entire area

augment this simple, direct technique.

With the help of aerial photography,

geologic maps and structural assessment

of an area, the geologist gathers

evidence by direct methods to locate

mineral deposits. Precise mapping and

structural analysis plus microscopic

studies of samples also enable the

geologist to locate the hidden as well

as surface mineralisation.

The most valuable scientific tool

employed in the indirect search for

hidden mineral deposits is geophysics,

the science of detecting anomalies

using physical measurements of

gravitational, seismic, magnetic,

electrical, electromagnetic and

radiometric variables of the earth. The

geophysics methods are applied with

the help of aircraft and satellites, on

the surface of the earth, and beneath

the earth by using methods that probe

below the topography. Geochemistry,

the quantitative analysis of soil, rock

& water samples, and geobotany, the

analysis of plant growth patterns, are

also employed as prospecting tools.

EXPLORATIONThe second stage in the life of a

mine, i.e., exploration, determines

as accurately as possible the size and

value of a mineral deposit, utilising

techniques similar to but more refined

than those used in prospecting.

The line of demarcation between

prospecting and exploration is not

sharp; in fact, a distinction may not

be possible in some cases. Exploration

is generally limited to surface and

sub-surface locations, using a variety

of measurements to obtain a more

positive picture of the extent and

grade of the ore body. Representative

T PRATEEK SUR

The production operations in mining tend to be separate and cyclic in nature, although the trend in modern mining and tunnelling is to eliminate or combine functions. In order to increase the continuity of extraction, production cycle and certain auxiliary operations must be performed. Here are the major stages and processes that comprise the whole of the mineral production via the mining process.

Page 71: Search - September 2012
Page 72: Search - September 2012

MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES

72 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

samples may be subjected to chemical,

metallurgical, X-ray, spectrographic or

radiometric evaluation techniques that

are meant to enhance the investigator’s

knowledge of the mineral deposit.

Samples are obtained by chipping

outcrops, trenching, tunnelling and

drilling. In addition, borehole logs

may be provided to study the geologic

and structural make-up of the deposit.

Rotary, percussion or diamond drills

can be used for exploration purposes.

Diamond drills are more favoured as

the cores they yield provide knowledge

of the geologic structure. The core is

normally split along its axis; one half

is analysed, while the other is retained

intact for further geologic study.

An evaluation of the samples enables

the geologist or mining engineer to

calculate the tonnage and grade, or

richness, of the mineral deposit. S/he

estimates the mining costs, evaluates

the recovery of the valuable

minerals, determines the

environmental costs and

assesses other foreseeable

factors in an effort to reach

a conclusion about the profitability

of the mineral deposit. The crux of

the analysis is whether the property is

just another mineral deposit or an ore

body. For an ore deposit, the overall

process is called ‘reserve estimation’,

that is, the examination and valuation

of the ore body. At the conclusion of

this stage, depending on the results

obtained, the project is developed,

traded to another party, or abandoned.

DEVELOPMENTThe third stage—development—

involves the opening up of a mineral

deposit for exploitation. With it begins

the actual mining of the deposit, now

called the ‘ore’. Access to the deposit

must be gained either by:

(1) Stripping the overburden, which

is the soil and/or rock covering the

deposit, to expose the near-surface ore

for mining

(2) Excavating openings from the

surface to access more deeply buried

deposits to prepare for underground

mining. In either case, certain

preliminary development work, such

as acquiring water and mineral rights,

buying surface lands, arranging for

financing and preparing permit

applications & an Environmental

Impact Statement (EIS), is generally

required before any development could

take place. When these steps have been

completed, the provision of a number

of requirements—access roads, power

sources, mineral transportation

systems, mineral processing facilities,

waste disposal areas, offices and other

support facilities—must precede actual

mining in most cases. Stripping of

the overburden will then proceed if

the minerals are to be mined at the

surface. Economic considerations

determine the stripping ratio, i.e.,

the ratio of waste removed to ore

recovered may range from as high as

45 yard/tonne (38 m/tonne) for coal

mines to as low as 1.0 yard/tonne (0.8

m/tonne) in metal mines. Some non-

metallic mines have no overburden

to remove, as the mineral is simply

excavated at the surface. Development

for underground mining is generally

more complex and expensive. It

requires careful planning and layout of

access openings for efficient mining,

safety & permanence. The principal

openings may be shafts, slopes or

adits; each must be planned to allow

passage for workers, machines,

ore, waste, air, water and utilities.

Many metal mines are located along

steeply dipping deposits, and, thus,

are opened from shafts, while drifts,

winzes & raises serve the production

areas. Many coal and non-metallic

mines are found in nearly horizontal

deposits. Their primary openings

may be drifts or entries, which may

be distinctly different from those of

metal mines.

EXPLOITATIONExploitation, the fourth stage of

mining, is associated with the actual

recovery of minerals from the earth.

Although development may continue,

the emphasis is on production. Usually,

only the required development is

done prior to exploitation to ensure

that production, once started, can be

continued uninterrupted throughout the

life of the mine. The mining method

selected for exploitation is determined

mainly by the characteristics of the

mineral deposit and the limits imposed

by safety, technology, environmental

concerns and economics. Geologic

conditions, such as the dip, shape and

strength of the ore & the surrounding

rock, play a key role in selecting the

method. Traditional exploitation

methods fall into two broad categories

based on locale, viz., surface mining

and underground mining. Surface

mining includes mechanical

excavation methods such

as open pit & opencast

(strip) mining, and aqueous

methods such as placer &

solution mining. Underground mining

is usually classified in three categories,

viz., unsupported, supported and caving.

RECLAMATIONThe final stage in the operation of

most mines is reclamation, the process

of closing a mine and recontouring,

revegetating and restoring the water &

land values. The best time to begin the

reclamation process of a mine is before

the first excavations are initiated. In

other words, mine planning engineers

should plan the mine keeping in view

the reclamation process. The mine

planning should help in minimising

the overall cost of mining plus

reclamation, and not just the cost of

mining itself. The new philosophy in

the mining industry is sustainability,

that is, the meeting of economic and

environmental needs of the present

while enhancing the ability of future

generations to meet their own needs.

While planning for the reclamation

By planning the mine for subsequent development, mine planners can enhance the value of the mined land and help convert it to a use that the public will consider favourable.

Page 73: Search - September 2012
Page 74: Search - September 2012

MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES

74 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

of any given mine, there are many

concerns that must be addressed. The

first of these is the safety of the mine

site, particularly if the area is open to

the general public. Office buildings,

processing facilities, transportation

equipment, utilities and other surface

structures must be removed before

reclamation could begin. The mining

company is then required to seal all

mine shafts, adits and other openings

that may present physical hazards. Any

existing high walls or other geologic

structures should be demolished

to prevent injuries or death due to

geologic failures.

The second major issue to be

addressed while reclaiming a mine site

is the restoration of the land surface,

the water quality and the waste disposal

areas so that long-term water pollution,

soil erosion, dust generation, etc., do

not occur. The restoration of native

plant species is often a very important

part of this process, as the plants

help build a stable soil structure and

naturalise the area. It may be necessary

to carefully place any rock or tailings

with acid-producing properties in

locations where rainfall has little effect

on the material and acid production

is minimised. The same may be true

of certain heavy metals that pollute

streams. Planning of the waste dumps,

tailings ponds and other disturbed

areas will help prevent pollution

problems. However, remediation work

may also be necessary to complete the

reclamation stage of mining and satisfy

the regulatory agencies.

The final concern of the mine-

planning engineer may be the

subsequent use of the land after

mining is completed. Old mine sites

can be converted to wildlife refuges,

shopping malls, golf courses, airports,

lakes, underground storagel facilities,

real estate developments, solid waste

disposal areas and other uses that can

benefit society. By planning the mine

for subsequent development, mine

planners can enhance the value of

the mined land and help convert it

to a use that the public will consider

favourable. The successful completion

of the reclamation of a mine will

enhance public opinion of the mining

industry and keep the mining company

in the good graces of the regulatory

agencies. The fifth stage of the mine

is thus of paramount importance and

should be planned at the earliest in the

life of the mine.

[email protected]

With inputs from Pawan Raj Gandhi, ASE,

Rajasthan State Mines and Minerals Ltd;

Shivendra Panthi, Mines Operating Manager,

Infrastructure and Mines India Pvt Ltd.

Stages In The Life Of A Mine

Stage/(Project Name) Procedure Time Cost/Unit Cost

Prospecting

(Mineral Deposit)

Precursors To Mining

Search For Ore

• Prospecting Methods Direct: Physical Indirect: Geophysical, Geochemical

• Locate Favourable Loci (Maps, Literature, Old Mines)

• Air: Aerial Photography, Airborne Geophysics, Satellite

• Surface: Ground Geophysics, Geology

• Spot Anomaly, Analyse, Evaluate

1–3 years $0.2–10 million or $0.05–1.00/tonne

($0.05–1.10/tonne)

Exploration

(Ore Body)

Defining Extent And Value Of Ore (Examination/Evaluation)

• Sample (Drilling Or Excavation), Assay, Test

• Estimate Tonnage And Grade

• Valuate Deposit (Hoskold Formula Or Discount Method):

Present Value = Income - Cost

• Feasibility Study: Make Decision To Abandon Or Develop

2–5 years $1–15 million or $0.20–1.50/tonne

($0.22–1.65/tonne)

Development

(Prospect)

Mining Proper

Opening Up Ore Deposit For Production

• Acquire Mining Rights (Purchase Or Lease), If Not Done In Stage-2

• File Environmental Impact Statement, Technology Assessment, Permit

• Construct Access Roads, Transport System

• Locate Surface Plant, Construct Facilities

• Excavate Deposit (Strip Or Sink Shaft)

2–5 years $10–500 million or $0.25–10.00/

tonne ($0.275–11.00/tonne)

Exploitation

(Mine)

Large-scale Production Of Ore

• Factors In Choice Of Method: Geologic, Geographic, Economic,

Environmental, Societal Safety

• Types Of Mining Methods Surface: Open Pit, Open Cast, etc.

• Underground: Room And Pillar, Block Caving, etc.

• Monitor Costs And Economic Payback (3–10 years)

10–30 years $5–75 million/yr or $2.00–150/tonne

($2.20–165/tonne)

Reclamation

(Real Estate)

Post-mining Restoration Of Site

• Removal Of Plant And Buildings

• Reclamation Of Waste And Tailings Dumps

• Monitoring Of Discharges

1–10 years $1–20 million or $0.20–4.00/tonne

($0.22–4.40/tonne)

Page 75: Search - September 2012
Page 76: Search - September 2012

EMERGING TRENDS

76 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PRATEEK SUR

Despite tough economic conditions, the global demand for mining products is generally increasing. This presents both opportunities and challenges for mining companies. Due to signifi cant risks, such as dwindling global reserves, increasing project complexities, increasing government interventions and changing requirements from key stakeholders around environmental & social issues, meeting demand is a critical issue for the mining sector. Increasingly, more and more mining explorations are being located in remote and politically unstable regions of the world, which are often plagued with high rates of unemployment. These problems require the governments of various nations to take proactive steps to better manage the mining sector. Amid all these happenings, here are certain developments that we can expect to witness in 2012…

GROWTH AND GLOBAL DEMAND WILL CONTINUE TO DRIVE MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS (M&As) AND JOINT VENTURES (JVs)

Emerging nations have become the key drivers of economic

growth and urbanisation. It has been estimated that the world’s

middle class will increase to 4.88 billion in 2030 from the present

1.85 billion. Since urbanisation is highly resource intensive, it

will hugely increase the demand for steel in the near future,

with the demand for mid and late-cycle commodities expected

to spike over the long term. This does not even take into

consideration agricultural minerals or thermal coal, which are

also essential ingredients of urbanisation. Continued demand

from developing markets is likely to spur further M&As and

JVs across all resource sectors, with an especially intense focus

on early-cycle commodities. Traditional miners, as well as

steelmakers and other industrial verticals, will increasingly seek

acquisitions in the light of continued challenges with supply.

However, the cost of exploration is rising, largely due to the

following factors:

New mining discoveries have been difficult to come by

despite large investments in exploration.

The cost of organic mine development has continued to

increase due to rising energy, transportation & labour

costs. Cost pressures have been further exacerbated by

foreign exchange volatility.

Page 77: Search - September 2012
Page 78: Search - September 2012

EMERGING TRENDS

78 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

FINANCIAL BUYERS WILL GRADUALLY BEGIN TRANSACTING IN THE MINING SECTOR, ALTHOUGH THERE WILL BE A FEW DEALS

Financial buyers have traditionally been less than enamoured

with investing in the mining sector, and with good reason.

Mining investments are typically accompanied by:

Illiquidity and high capital expenditure requirements over

long hold periods (10+ years between typical discoveries

to commercial operations)

Regulatory, environmental and sovereign risks

Concentration risk (via single asset, single commodity,

single geography, etc.)

Price risk.

None of the above-mentioned problems is congruent

with the classic ‘buy–hold–sell’ model that many private

equity firms subscribed to during the first decade of this

millennium. However, the present global economic

slowdown, characterised by anaemic growth in the West,

low interest rates, volatile public markets and bullish long-

term sentiment for resources, has prompted PE funds and

Sovereign Wealth Funds (SWF) to pause and reconsider

their investments in the mining sector. It has been observed

that some of the world’s leading private equity firms and

SWFs are attempting to ‘figure out how to make mining

investment work’.

However, with most financial buyers still in the

investigative phase, the mining sector has not yet seen

significant capital inflows from SWFs or private equities.

At the same time, there are some encouraging signs to show

that the tide is slowly turning. Some recent deals involving

financial buyers are China Investment Corporation’s 2009

investments in South Gobi Resources, PT Bumi & Teck

Resources, Blackrock & First Reserve supporting Glencore’s

deal for Umcebo Mining in 2010 and Temasek’s investment

in Inmet Mining in 2010. The following deals amply prove

that financial companies are showing a continued interest

in mining:

Qatar Holding LLC (‘Qatar Holding’), a global

investment house founded by the Qatar Investment

Authority, is investing in and financing European

Goldfields. It provided a $600-million, seven-year loan

(secured against European Goldfields Greek gold assets)

plus a $150-million unsecured loan with equity

participation. The equity participation includes the

issuance of warrants to allow Qatar Holding to acquire

equity at a pre-determined price. In addition, Qatar

Holding conducted two separate transactions, acquired

9.9% of the undiluted share capital of European Goldfields

and entered into a call option agreement allowing for

further acquisition of company shares.

Taurus Minerals Ltd, a company formed at the direction

of CGNPC Uranium Resources Co Ltd and The China–

Africa Development Fund (an equity development fund),

has acquired Kalahari Minerals, which holds an indirect

interest in the world’s third-largest known primary

uranium deposit, the Husab Uranium Project in Namibia.

Beijing-based private equity firm Origo Partners PLC,

one of the largest buyout investors in the Mongolian

natural resource sector, collaborated with Dutch

commodity trading giant Trafigura in a joint coal and

iron ore mining venture in Mongolia. The JV, Trafigura–

Origo MGL, will invest in a number of already identified

coal and iron ore exploration projects in Mongolia with

the objective of targeting further high-grade deposits

with the potential for significant export volumes.

The industry expects that financial buyers will continue to

move into the mining sector, albeit in an extremely cautious

and calculated manner. Specifically, it can be expected that:

SWFs will seek out opportunities to invest non-controlling

stakes in both pre-development and producing projects.

The SWF value proposition, ceding cash without

takeover, may be attractive for cash-hungry developers in

growth markets with few financing options. SWF

partners may also be of interest to small and mid-size

producers who are not interested in tapping public

markets (a process that can be expensive and

highly restrictive).

Large Western funds (those with sufficient resources to

allocate to the mining sector in a diversified portfolio)

will continue to evaluate the mining sector in 2012. These

potential buyers will need to find projects at or near

production, in stable jurisdictions and with strong

management teams. With this aim, financial buyers will

compete with public equity markets, strategic buyers and

state-backed entities—all of which frequently place a

higher value on companies and projects. Relative to the

oil & gas industry, large-scale (greater than $100 million)

private equity has been relatively inactive in the mining

and metals industries. With regard to SWFs, industries

view the commodity market as strategic and, with respect

to future commodity, demand and potential low-cost

debt, are willing and able to pay higher prices than

traditional private equity. The competitive environment

for targets may also prompt pension or hedge funds to:

Utilise debt-like instruments to protect against downside

risk and earn preferred returns

Target resources that do not require multi-billion-dollar,

follow-on investments in infrastructure (as can be the case

with iron ore)

Focus on resources with unique drivers and lower risk

profiles. For example, thermal coal can be considered in

the energy sector; fertiliser minerals can be considered in

agriculture sector

Carefully monitor the market to identify projects that do

not have a ‘logical strategic buyer’.

Page 79: Search - September 2012
Page 80: Search - September 2012

EMERGING TRENDS

80 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

[email protected]

With inputs from PwC India

AN AFRICAN RENAISSANCE

Africa will emerge as one of the most important mining

M&A geographies in the future, and 2012 is going to be just

the start of its superiority in mining activities. Unparalleled

resource potential and an increasingly investor-friendly climate

are two key drivers in this development. The political climate

in Africa is also improving. Transparent and efficient mining

policies are being formulated and even calls for participation

by local capital & government have increased. The interest

in investing, even in countries as difficult as Zimbabwe, is

evident. Also, relatively high commodity prices, increasing

competition from Chinese investors (and elsewhere), and less

policy pressure from donors have helped to shift negotiating

leverage to the African governments. Many countries are

also more stable and better governed than in the recent

past, when the threat of war, unrest, or systemic regulatory

uncertainty deterred all, except but the most risk-tolerant

investors, who often received highly attractive terms.

The revival of African mining is obvious from the number

of new projects covering a range of commodities.

Copper: A number of projects, both greenfield and

brownfield, evenly spread in the various parts of the

continent, are in the pipeline and will be ready for

production within the next couple of years.

Uranium: The Namibian uranium boom continues and

considerable new supply, from mostly greenfield projects,

is projected before 2015. Niger will also expand its

production. Some other countries that are joining the

foray are Botswana, Zambia and Tanzania.

Iron ore: West Africa is the emerging hot spot in iron ore

mining. Greenfield projects in Sierra Leone, Guinea,

Liberia and Congo are well on track to create a new

global iron ore centre.

Coal: Three countries dominate the coal sector—South

Africa, Mozambique and Botswana. South Africa is the

leading producer. Mozambique will increase its production

considerably in the next couple of years. However,

Botswana has a lot to do as the necessary infrastructure is

not yet fully in place.

Therefore, while M&As and JVs in Africa will continue

apace, companies would be well-served in understanding the

new terms that they are likely to encounter when doing deals

in the continent.

WESTERN BUYERS WILL BE FORCED TO FIND BUSINESS MODELS THAT MAKE THE GROWTH MARKET DEALS ‘WORK’

The Western miners lag behind their growth market

counterparts with regard to transacting in the higher risk

emerging, developing and frontier regions. This has to

be changed if the Western mining titans want to remain

dominant through the next decade. Roughly three quarters

of the known reserves are believed to lie in countries outside

the developed market economy countries.

Gaining market and board acceptance for transactions

in growth markets will pose a significant challenge. Deals

in these markets, in general, have a notorious history of

being value destructive. A recent PwC study showed that

over 50% of all deals in growth markets that enter detailed

diligence fail to complete. The study also showed that post-

deal failures are expensive, with buyers losing an average

50% of their initial investment. Smaller mining entities,

in particular, may have difficulties effectively managing

operations in these markets.

The following strategies might help the West adapt to

this new paradigm:

Pursue multi-faceted partnerships with governments and

other miners. In addition to safeguarding against post-

deal ‘surprises’, these relationships can be an important

source of future deal flow. While partnerships are

important, 50–50 JVs should be avoided. They can be

tricky when consensus or exit is required.

Re-tool risk-evaluation strategies. There are no ‘perfect

investments’ in frontier markets. Risks need to be assessed

in order to take ‘calculated risks’. (Security risks are high

across Sub-Saharan Africa, for example, but identification

of a protected pocket may mitigate this risk).

Consider spinning off higher risk assets into a separate

entity to insulate slower growth and lower risk project

portfolio (although this strategy introduces financing

challenges).

Identify specific political risks that miners will be up

against and prepare the company’s board & shareholders

for the same. If transacting in an environment where

there is a high risk of instability with regard to taxation

and royalty schemes, it is better to engage local advisors

on these matters & engage them early.

As appropriate, revise the negotiating approach by

appreciating that ‘first-world standards’ may be foreign in

developing markets.

Contemplate what the exit options will be. Is a sale to

another strategic buyer possible if collaborating with a local

firm/government? What kinds of deal is the region seeing?

Page 81: Search - September 2012
Page 82: Search - September 2012
Page 83: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H -

Sep

tem

ber

2012

Ad

Nam

e: M

GM

P

g N

o. 8

3

Page 84: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H - Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: A

MSA

K Pg N

o. 84

Page 85: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 85

MINING OF FUELS

ndia faces a number of

power constraints, and

the primary reason for

this is the huge increase

in the population, which

has decreased the per capita availability

of power fuels like coal, oil & gas and

uranium. India has inadequate coal

reserves and that too of low calorific

value. Moreover, opaque government

policies also put an additional strain

on the coal mining sector. In the oil &

gas sector, India again has inadequate

reserves, forcing the country to import

nearly 70% of its fuel requirement.

Coupled with this, India also has a

complex geo-political environment,

making the situation more difficult.

Moving over to the hydroelectric

fuel resources, India has very limited

geographically suitable sites for

hydroelectric power generation. And

erratic monsoons & the fact that

the prime demand areas are miles

away from the hydroelectric power-

generation sites further complicate

this situation. Moreover, developing

the hydroelectric resources adversely

affects the ecology and also leads to

the displacement of a vast population.

In addition, the non-conventional

fuel resources have limited scope as the

present technologies are inadequate.

And the poor capacity factor and

the diffused location of resources

further complicate the fuel situation

of India. Therefore, an overview of

the availability of power fuels in India

becomes important.

COALCoal is a fossil fuel that is used

primarily for electric power generation

and for producing steel. To mine

coal, miners have to go into the earth.

However, many coal seams are located

close to the surface, which makes the

extraction of this resource easier.

Surface MiningIt typically uses a method called ‘strip

mining’, which is usually more cost-

effective than underground mining and

requires fewer workers to produce the

same quantity of coal. Here, workers

use huge earthmoving equipment,

such as power shovels or draglines, to

scoop off the layers of soil and rock

covering the coal seam. Once the

coal is exposed, it is broken by using

explosives. Smaller shovels are then

used to lift it from the ground and

load it into trucks.

Underground MiningIt is used when the coal deposit lies

deep below the earth. Tunnels are first

dug deep into the earth where the coal

is located. Depending on where the coal

seam is in relation to the surface, tunnels

may be vertical, horizontal or sloping.

Entries are constructed so that miners

can get themselves & their equipment

to the ore and carry it out, while, at the

same time, allowing fresh air to enter the

mine. Once dug to the required depth,

a mine’s tunnels interconnect with

a network of passageways branching

in many directions. Using the room-

and-pillar method, miners remove

sections of the coal as they work the

coal seam from the tunnel entrance to

the edge of the mine, leaving columns

of coal in place to help support the

ceiling together with long steel bolts.

This process is then reversed, and the

remainder of the ore is extracted, as the

miners work their way back out.

Longwall MiningIn the case of longwall mining (a

form of underground mining), self-

advancing roof supports, made of

hydraulic jacks and metal plates,

cover the area being mined. As coal is

removed, the entire apparatus advances,

I PRATEEK SUR

India is at a critical juncture, poised for stupendous growth. And if this opportunity is not to be jeopardised, it is vital India is at a critical juncture, poised for stupendous growth. And if this opportunity is not to be jeopardised, it is vital that we take appropriate steps to ensure there are suffi cient resources of energy to power India’s growth story. Though that we take appropriate steps to ensure there are suffi cient resources of energy to power India’s growth story. Though the present per capita power consumption is low in India, the growing population will increase it tremendously. In the present per capita power consumption is low in India, the growing population will increase it tremendously. In fact, by 2020, India needs to increase its installed generation capital from 138.73 GWe to 417 GWe. Also, the share fact, by 2020, India needs to increase its installed generation capital from 138.73 GWe to 417 GWe. Also, the share of nuclear power has to increase from 4,120 MWe to 20,000 MWe by 2020. Therefore, it becomes very important that of nuclear power has to increase from 4,120 MWe to 20,000 MWe by 2020. Therefore, it becomes very important that we increase the requirement for coal, oil & gas and uranium accordingly.we increase the requirement for coal, oil & gas and uranium accordingly.

into Indian MiningFuelling POWER

Page 86: Search - September 2012

MINING OF FUELS

86 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

allowing the ceiling in the mined area

to cave in as the miners work back

towards the tunnel entrance.

OIL & GASThe oil & gas extraction produces the

petroleum and natural gas that are

extensivley used as fuel. They are also

the raw materials for plastics, chemicals,

medicines, fertilisers and synthetic

fibers. Decaying plants & animals

become trapped under impermeable

rocks for millions of years under

extreme heat & pressure, preventing

their dispersal. This creates a pocket of

oil. Similar processes produce natural

gas, which can be found mixed with

oil or in separate deposits. Finding

and extracting the oil & gas in these

pockets is the primary function of this

industry segment.

Preparations Before ExtractionSmall crews of specialised

workers search for geologic

formations, on land and

at sea, which are likely

to contain oil or gas.

Sophisticated equipment and advances

in computer technology have increased

the productivity of exploration.

Maps of potential deposits now are

made using remote-sensing satellites.

Seismic prospecting—a technique

based on measuring the time that

sound waves take to travel through

underground formations and return

to the surface—has revolutionised oil

& gas exploration. Computers and

advanced software analyse seismic data

provide three-dimensional models of

sub-surface rock formations. Another

method of searching for oil & gas is

based on collecting and analysing core

samples of rock, clay and sand in the

earth’s layers.

Processes Involved In Extraction After scientific exploration studies

indicate the possible presence of oil, a

well must be drilled to prove the same.

A well site is selected and a derrick—a

tower-like steel structure—is installed

to support the drilling equipment. A

hole is drilled deep into the earth until

oil or gas is found, otherwise the site

is abandoned.

Similar techniques are employed

in offshore drilling, except that the

drilling equipment is part of a steel

platform that either sits on the

ocean floor, or floats on the surface

and is anchored to the ocean floor.

Advancements in directional or

horizontal drilling techniques, which

allow increased access to potential

reserves, have had a significant impact

on drilling capabilities. Drilling begins

vertically, but the drill bit can be

turned so that drilling can continue at

an angle of up to 90°. This technique

extends the drill’s reach, enabling it to

reach separate pockets of oil or gas.

Extracting Oil And Gas Once the drilling reaches the oil or

gas reserve, extraction can begin as the

natural pressure forces the oil or gas up

through the drill hole to the wellhead,

where it enters separation and storage

tanks. If the natural pressure is not

great enough to force the oil to the

surface, pumps may be used. In

some cases, water, steam or gas may

be injected into the oil deposit to

improve recovery. The recovered oil is

transported to refineries by pipelines,

ships, barges, trucks or railroad.

Natural gas is usually transported to

processing plants by pipeline. While oil

refineries may be many thousands of

miles away from the producing fields,

gas processing plants typically are near

the fields, so that impurities such as

water, sulphur and natural gas liquids

can be removed before the gas is piped

to customers. The oil refining industry

is considered a separate industry, and

its activities are not covered here, even

though many oil companies extract as

well as refine oil.

URANIUMThe country’s uranium production

is controlled by the Uranium

Corporation of India Ltd (UCIL),

which has operations in Jaduguda,

Bhatin, Narwapahar, Turamdih and

Domiasiat mines. The company has

uranium recovery plants at Rakha,

Surda and Mosaboni. UCIL is poised

to develop what has been identified as

one of the world’s highest grade near-

surface ore bodies situated at Domiasiat

in the West Khasi Hills. Domiasat

has reserves estimated to contain as

much as 10,000 tonne of uranium.

Studies by the Uranium Institute

estimate that India produces nearly

200 tonne of uranium per year. The

uranium ore mining and processing

industry of the country began at

Jaduguda in 1968. It has demonstrated

impressive growth during these years

with four operating mines and meeting

the entire nuclear fuel requirement of

the country. The country

now has a definite plan

for multi-phase expansion

of the nuclear power

programme, with self-

reliance in raw materials being the

basic drive. The uranium mining

industry is fully geared up to meet

the challenge of uranium fuel demand

by undertaking uranium mining

and processing activities. Several new

uranium ore-mining projects are in

the pipeline. The technologies of

mining, processing and tailings’

disposal have also undergone

improvement by following global

advancements in these fields.

WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDSIt will not be an exaggeration to say that

fuels are indispensable for the economy

of all nations. However, the extensive

usage of fossil fuels has placed the

environment in a state of compromise.

Therefore, we need to review our

legislation and develop renewable

resources as alternatives. However, until

the time it happens, we will have to

continue to use fossil fuels.

[email protected]

Seismic prospecting—a technique based on measuring the time that sound waves take to travel through underground

formations and return to the surface—has revolutionised oil & gas exploration.

Page 87: Search - September 2012
Page 88: Search - September 2012

INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW

88 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

he major coalfields

of India are mainly

distributed along the

river valleys of Damodar,

Sone & Mahanadi,

Pench & Kanhan and Wardha &

Godavari rivers. Peninsular India has

69 major coalfields, while the North-

eastern region has 17. The bulk of

the coal reserves are confined to the

South-eastern quadrant of the country,

i.e., in the states of West Bengal,

Jharkhand, Orissa, Chhattisgarh and

Madhya Pradesh.

The Geological Survey of India

has estimated the coal reserves of the

country at 285.8 billion tonne (Bt)–up

to the depth of 1,200 m, as on March

31, 2011. Of the 285.8 Bt, ‘prime’

coking coal reserves comprise of 5.3

Bt, while medium & semi-coking coal

reserves and non-coking coal reserves

comprise of 28 Bt and 250.8 Bt,

respectively. Most of these resources

occur in the Gondwana rocks and the

balance in the tertiary formations.

The present lignite reserves in the

country have been estimated at around

39.7 Bt, most of which occur in Tamil

Nadu. Other states where lignite

deposits have been located include

Rajasthan, Gujarat, Kerala, Jammu &

Kashmir and the Union Territory of

Pondicherry.

Indian coal has high mineral

content (ash) unlike Pennsylvanian

and Carboniferous coal of America

and Europe, respectively. The Jharia

coalfield is the main source of prime

coking coal for India, while superior

grade non-coking coal reserves

are generally available in Raniganj

coalfields of West Bengal, Central

India coalfields of Madhya Pradesh

and Talcher coalfields of Orissa.

COAL RESOURCESAt the time of Independence in

T

India stands 8th in terms of total world coal resources, 4th in identifi ed reserves and 3rd in terms of annual coal production. As assessed by the Planning Commission, the demand for coal during 2010–11 was 572 Mt. The demand for power, steel and cement in a developing country is closely related to its economic growth, as steel and cement production depends on coal. It is very important to provide coal of adequate quantity & quality to power, steel and cement sectors. Therefore, coal mining becomes very important for a country’s development. Here, we present an overview of coal mining in India.

Page 89: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 89

INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW

1947, the coal mining operation was

primarily in the private sector and the

total coal production in the country

was nearly 30 million tonne (Mt) per

year. It remained primarily in the

private sector up to 1971–73 and the

production had reached nearly 72 Mt

per year only. From 1972–73, the

government nationalised the entire

coal industry and then made massive

investments in the sector. As a result,

India now ranks as the third largest

coal producer of the world, next only

to China and the US.

In India, the mining depths of the

coalfields are quite shallow, barring

a few mines in Jharia and Raniganj

coalfields. About 87% of the coal

resources of the country lie within the

depth range of 600 m. It is expected

that the total amount of the coal

reserves will improve considerably if

we increase the depth of exploration.

Deposit characteristics widely vary

from coalfield to coalfield. In some

areas like Jharia and Raniganj coalfields,

high concentration of superimposed

seams (sometimes as high as 40 in

number) pose great challenges to

mining operations. The presence of a

large number of thick seams, though

a blessing for opencast mining, is a

major problem for underground

mining. Moreover, steeply inclined

seams have only marginal reserves.

Then, there are geological

inconsistencies, like faults, folds,

washouts, etc., that tend to reduce the

mining potential of the coal deposits.

Intrusions such as dykes & sills often

lead to operational problems and

quality deterioration.

Nearly all Indian coal seams are

prone to spontaneous heating. The

incubation period varies from two to

12 months. However, compared to the

other parts of the world, the coal seams

in India produce less gas emission.

COAL INDUSTRY IN INDIACoal India Ltd (CIL) is the largest

Public Sector Undertaking (PSU).

It has eight subsidiaries, viz., Bharat

Coking Coal Ltd, Central Coalfields

Ltd, Eastern Coalfields Ltd, Western

Coalfields Ltd, South Eastern

Coalfields Ltd, Northern Coalfields

Ltd, Mahanadi Coalfields Ltd, and

Central Mine Planning & Design

Institute Ltd.

The Singareni Collieries Co Ltd

(SCCL) is a coal-mining company

jointly owned by the Government of

Andhra Pradesh and the Government

of India. The Singareni coal reserves

stretch across 350 km of the Pranhita-

Godavari Valley of Andhra Pradesh

with proven geological reserves of 8,791

Mt. SCCL is currently operating 13

opencast and 37 underground mines in

Andhra Pradesh.

The Coal Mines (Nationalisation)

Act, 1973, was amended with effect

from June 9, 1993, to allow coal mining

by both private and public-sector

companies for captive consumption

for the production of iron & steel,

power generation, coal washing and

other such end uses, which would

be notified by the government from

time to time. Cement production has

also been allowed as an end use with

effect from March 5, 1996, for captive

mining. However, the restriction of

captive mining does not apply to the

state-owned coal/mineral development

undertakings, like CIL, SCCL,

Neyveli Lignite Corporation (NLC),

etc., and the Mineral Development

Corporations of the various State

Governments.

COAL PRODUCTIONCoal production achieved in the

country during 2010–11 was 533.07

Mt, while it was 523.16 Mt during

2009–10, showing a CAGR of 1.91%.

About 80.86% of the total coal

production in the country comes from

the collieries of CIL. CIL is also the

biggest supplier of coal in the country

as indicated in Table 1.

Table 1: Anticipated Coal Production — 2012–13 (In Million

Tonne)

Name of the Company

Coal Production

CIL 570

SCCL 58

Others 125

Total 753

COAL PRODUCTION BASED ON TECHNOLOGYBoth opencast and underground

mining are prevalent in India. In

2009–10, opencast mine production

grew by 5.54% to reach 457 Mt. In

the case of underground mines, the

production was 58.60 Mt in 2009–10

Imag

e by

Coa

l pro

duci

ng P

ipar

war

min

e

The government is removing controls on industry & trade and is reducing

the tariff on import. It is also permitting private investment and

is allowing majority shareholding by private/foreign sources in PSUs.

Page 90: Search - September 2012

INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW

90 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

as shown in Table 2.

PRIVATE COAL MINING IN INDIAThe government’s strategy to allow

coal mining by stand-alone companies

that have tie-ups with steel, cement

and power companies for coal supplies

will become operational in the coming

months. Coal Ministry and Law

Ministry officials confirmed that those

mining companies that have supply

contracts with authorised users, viz.,

steel, cement & power companies

can have mining rights to the coal

blocks reserved for confined users,

even without amending the Coal

Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973.

The move will give a further push

to coal production and will play a

pivotal role in meeting the country’s

future demand.

INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIESPSUs have dominated the coal

production in the country since 1973–

74. However, with the opening up of

the economy since 1991, the scenario

has significantly changed. This is

because huge investments are required

to meet the increasing demand for

coal by power & other industries. The

government is looking at the private

sector to fill the gap.

The government is removing

controls on industry & trade, reducing

the tariff on import and allowing

private investment and is even allowing

majority shareholding by private/

foreign sources in the PSUs. The Coal

Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973, has

also been amended to allow private-

sector participation in coal mining as

captive mines for companies engaged

in opening new units for power

generation, coal preparation (washing)

and production of iron, steel & cement.

The government has already appointed

a Screening Committee under the

Ministry of Coal to allocate identified

coal blocks for captive mining to the

above categories. Hundred blocks have

already been identified, and several

companies given permission to operate

such blocks. Apart from these, there

are numerous investment opportunities

in the transfer of new technology,

manufacture of equipment/spares,

construction of road (both approach

and arterial) in coalfields, building rail-

lines, major repair workshops/spares

depots, environmental protection,

joint ventures for opening new mines,

for leasing of equipment, ancillary

& infrastructure developments,

in auxiliary industries and in the

development of ports & for handling

imported coal.

AREAS OF INTEREST FOR INDIAN COAL MINING COMPANIES Powered support Longwall/shortwall

Continuous miners in room and

pillar system

Roof bolting systems Application of light bolting

machines in bord and pillar

development galleries

Mechanised depillaring of coal

seams developed on bord and pillar

system

Prediction of strata behaviour in the

extraction of the developed pillars

by caving method

Design of roof support to permit

mechanised depillaring

Use of road haul dumper,

Table 3: COAL PROJECTS [in ` Crore (€ Million)] (Approximate Figures)

Particular BE 2009–10 RE 2009–10 BE 2010–11

Coal Sector

Projects under Implementation

Minell Expansion 320.77(49.34) 323.57(49.78) 224.11(34.47)

Barsingsar Mine 50(7.69) 27.71(4.26) 37.73(5.8)

Project under Formulation

Mine lll AAP 0.05(0.007) 0.01(0.0015) 0.02(0.0030)

Jayamkondam Mine AAP 83.90(12.90) 0.47(0.072) 0.23(0.035)

Bithnok Mines Project AAP 0.50(0.0769) 0.05(00.769) 0.18(0.027)

Hadla Mine project 0.24(0.036) 0.16(0.024) 0.18(0.027)

Palana Lignite Mines AAP

Gujarat Mines AAP 0.35(0.053) 0.02(0.0030) 0.03(0.0046)

Expansion for existing mine l & lA AAP

8.10(1.24) 0.01(0.0015) 0.37(0.0569)

Talabira ll & lll AAP 1.00(0.1538) 3.63(0.5584) 5.50(0.8461)

Riri Mine 1.35(0.20) 0.00 0.00

Science & Technology 3.00(0.461) 0.72(0.11) 2.85(0.438)

Geological Investigation 3.81(0.586) 6.15(0.94) 4.80(0.73)

Other Completed projects 51.79(7.69) 23.39(3.59) 36.57(5.62)

Total 524.09(80.44) 386.89(60.11) 312.57(48.06)

Table 2: Production of Coal and Its Share by Type of Mining

Type of Mining Opencast Underground Total Production

2008–09Production 433.7 58.97 492.75

Share (%) 88.03% 11.89% 100%

2009–10Production 457 58.60 515.6

Share (%) 88.63% 11.37% 100%

Growth (%) 5.54% -0.5% 4.67%

Page 91: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 91

INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW

continuous miner

Application of mobile-powered

supports (crawler mounted) in

depillaring by caving method

Road headers Coal conveyor systems

Simple and cost-effective transport

system for men and material in

inclined roadways

Ventilation system in mines

Coal-handling arrangements High-speed loading equipment

Advanced geological exploration

techniques to prove faults with

small throw (less than 5 m);

in-depth range of 20–300 m

Communication system in

underground mines

Application of information

technology in mining activities

Simple methods for beneficiation of

coal; upgradation of coal needed for

power plants

Improved hydraulic stowing

techniques using river sand, crushed

overburden, fly ash and other locally

available materials.

NEW COAL PROJECTS IN INDIA Lanco Infratech Ltd is setting up a

1,320 MW coal-based power unit

PNC Infratech Ltd to set up 660

MW coal-based power unit

Bharat Coking Coal Ltd is setting

up a 2.5-Mt per annum coal

washery at Dugda

Maharastra State Power Generation

Co Ltd to set up a 1,320-MW

coal-based power unit on PPP basis

Era Infra Engineering Ltd plans to

set up a 2,640-MW coal-based

power unit at Rajauli

CIL offers 447 Mt of coal to power

utilities.

More projects have been displayed in

Tables 3 and 4.

REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF COAL INDUSTRY IN INDIAThe coal industry in India is regulated

largely by the following provisions:

The Coal Mines (Nationalisation)

Act, 1973 to nationalise the coal

sector

Mines & Minerals (Development &

Regulation) Act, 1957 to regulate

exploration and exploitation of

minerals

The Coal Bearing Area (Acquisition &

Development) Act, 1957 to facilitate

acquisition of coal bearing land

Environmental Protection Act, 1986

to conduct mining operations in an

environment-friendly manner.

LIBERALISATION OF POLICY REGIMEThe main thrust of the liberalisation

policy is to open up the statutory and

regulatory regimes in order to promote

investment in the coal sector. Table 5

indicates the FDI inflow in the sector.

The recent policy initiatives have been

in the following direction:

Captive mining by power, steel and

cement industry allowed

FDI allowed up to 100% in power

and coal mining sectors

Creating a competitive market for

selling coal

Progressive reduction of customs

duty on coal and heavy earth-

moving machinery imports

Introduction of contract mining.

Rajesh Nath, MD, VDMA India; Dipanjan

Paul, Business Analyst, VDMA India. With

inputs from Coal Directory of India, Ministry

of Coal Annual Report, Report on the

Overview of Coal Mining Sector in India—

VDMA and SCCL & CIL websites.

E-mail: [email protected]

Table 4: New Mines Planned by SCCL in 12th Plan, 2012–17

Mine Year of Opening Capacity (LT)

Adriyala 2011–12 28.1

JVROC-2 2012–13 40.0

RKPOC-I 2013–14 25.0

Abbapur OC 2013–14 6.0

Kistaram OC 2014–15 20.0

Jallaram OC 2014–15 22.8

Jangedu UG 2014–15 8.0

Khairagura UG 2014–15 10.0

Kasipet – 2 UG 2014–15 5.4

KK6&7 2014–15 8.0

KKOC 2016–17 17.5

IKOC 2016–17 12.0

Mahadevapur OC 2016–17 10.0

Peddapur 2016–17 10.0

KTK-9 UG 2016–17 27.0

Reconstruction of existing UG mines 2012–13 3.0

Table 5: FDI in Mining Sector

Year (April– March)

FDI in ` Crore

FDI in € Million

2008–09 161.09 24.78

2009–10 829.92 127.68

2010–11 357.42 54.98

2011–12 436.61 67.17

Total 1,785.04 274.61

Nearly all Indian coal seams are prone to spontaneous heating. The incubation period varies from two to 12 months. However, compared to the other parts of the world, the

coal seams in India produce less gas emission.

Page 92: Search - September 2012

URANIUM MINING

92 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

T PRATEEK SUR

he outstanding

growth of the

Indian economy

during the last

decade has led

to a significant rise in the

demand for energy resources.

Of all the available options

of possible energy sources

for making the energy supply

secure and robust, nuclear

power has acquired a special

place. Therefore, India has

started working on developing its

nuclear programme soon after attaining

independence. India’s three-stage

Atomic Energy Programme is based

on robust and commercially

successful Pressurised Heavy

Water Reactors (PHWRs),

operated by indigenous

natural uranium. The recent

developments in international

civil nuclear co-operation

have provided India great

opportunities for enhancing

its nuclear power capacity

through the import of fuel.

However, to safeguard the

country’s Atomic Energy

Programme, the ideal path

for generating nuclear

power should be through the use

of indigenous uranium. Uranium

Corporation of India Ltd (UCIL), a

Central Government-owned public

sector undertaking, has the mandate

to mine and process uranium ores in

India to meet the fuel requirement

of PHWRs. Over the years, UCIL

has marched towards maximising

the production of uranium. Many

operating units have been expanded

& new facilities have been built for

maintaining an uninterrupted supply

of fuel. Some projects of critical

importance for augmenting the

uranium production are in different

stages of implementation. Their

successful completion shall create newer

benchmarks for the uranium industry

of the country and go a long way in

easing the uranium supply situation.

However, some of the uranium mines

under operation (in Jharkhand) for the

last four decades are depleting, thereby

generating concerns about future

supply and sustained production.

INDIA’S URANIUM DEPOSITSAssociation of uranium with copper

and gold was already known in some

parts of the world. Based on this

analogy, known copper and gold

reserves of the country were extensively

investigated. The pioneering work

brought to light many uranium

occurrences in Singhbhum Thrust Belt

(in Jharkhand, formerly part of Bihar)

and it became evident that this belt

holds the potential for commercial

uranium mining operations. Thus,

Jaduguda in Singhbhum Thrust

Belt (also known as Singhbhum

Copper Belt or Singhbhum Shear

Zone) was the first uranium

deposit to be discovered in the

country in 1951. It is a zone

of intense shearing and

deep tectonisation with less

than 1 km width and is known

for a number of copper deposits

with associated nickel, molybdenum,

bismuth, gold, silver, etc. It extends

in the shape of an arc for a length of

about 160 km.

This discovery of uranium paved

the way for intensive

exploration work in the

whole country and soon a few

more deposits, like Bhatin,

Narwapahar and Turamdih,

were brought to light in this

area. Other deposits like

Bagjata, Banduhurang and

Mohuldih are being taken

up for commercial mining

operations. Some of the

other areas like Garadih,

Kanyaluka, Nimdih and

Nandup in this belt are also

known to contain limited

uranium reserves with poor grades.

Apart from discoveries in the

Singhbhum Thrust Belt, several

uranium occurrences have also been

found in Cuddapah basin of Andhra

Pradesh. These include Lambapur-

Peddagattu, Chitrial, Koppunuru,

Tummalapalle, Rachakuntapalle. In

the Mahadek basin of Meghalaya,

sandstone-type uranium deposits like

Domiasiat, Wahkhyn and Mawsynram

provide near-surface flat ore bodies

amenable to commercial operations.

Some areas in Rajasthan, Karnataka

and Chhattisgarh also hold the promise

of holding some major deposits.

URANIUM MINING OVER THE YEARS...The uranium mining in India made an

With the formation of Atomic Energy Commission in 1948, India made a humble beginning of its inspiring

Atomic Energy Programme. Consequent to this development, it was felt that the country must have

indigenous resources of basic raw materials, such as uranium, thorium, etc. As a result, Rare Metal Survey Unit (later renamed as ‘Atomic Minerals Directorate

for Exploration and Research’) was formed by the Government of India to locate good uranium deposits

in the country. During that period, the emphasis of search was on the existing mineral belts and

geologically favourable areas of the country.

Page 93: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 93

URANIUM MINING

exciting beginning with the formation

of UCIL in 1967 under the Department

of Atomic Energy. Since then, the

uranium industry of the country

has recorded phenomenal growth

in the production and upgradation

of technology. UCIL launched its

operation with the commissioning

of an underground mine and ore-

processing plant at Jaduguda (1968).

Subsequently, underground mines at

Bhatin (1987), Narwapahar (1995) and

Turamdih (2003) were commissioned.

All these units are within 25 km of

Jaduguda.

Keeping in view the nation’s

endeavour to expand its nuclear energy

infrastructure (20,000 MWe by 2020

from the present capacity of 2,770

MWe), new uranium mines are being

opened by UCIL not only in the

Singhbhum Thrust Belt, but also in

other parts of the country.

URANIUM ORE PROCESSING IN INDIAThe processing of uranium ore is an

integral part of the uranium mining

industry. Therefore, the upsurge

in mining activity has necessitated

the expansion of the existing plants

and construction of more new ore-

processing plants. Some examples of

such plants are an operating plant at

Jaduguda, new plants at Turamdih,

Seripalli & Domiasiat and a prospective

plant at Tummalapalle.

CHALLENGES Uranium deposits in India are generally

small, lean in tenor and complex in

nature of mineralisation. With the

globalisation of the Indian economy,

it has become imperative to develop

these deposits in a cost-effective and

eco-friendly manner assimilating

the worldwide developments in

science and technology. To meet

the timely requirement of uranium,

the construction activities need to be

accelerated. Increasing ore production

from new mines calls for some

innovative approaches for physical

beneficiation of valuable uranium-

bearing minerals, which will reduce

the volume of ore transportation and

processing. The plants with a shorter

processing route need to incorporate

measures to maximise the re-use of

water, high recovery of the product and

minimum discharge of effluents. In

the field of tailings management, long-

term stability of tailings restricting

the movement of contaminants, the

need to strengthen the embankment

system, maximum reuse of effluents

and reclamation of the existing ponds

are some of the challenging areas for

continuous research and improvement.

Rapid progress has been made in some

of these areas by absorbing technology

through fundamental transformations.

NEW DEVELOPMENTSUsing integrated software (for survey,

geology and mine planning) helps in

quickly establishing the configuration of

ore body and assessing the potential of

the deposit. Standard modules of mine

layout have been developed with minor

variations to accommodate the site-

specific geology. Similarly, standard

modules and parameters for different

processing activities are in place for

implementation with site-specific

modifications. This has considerably

cut downtime in planning, awarding

contracts for construction, drawing

up specifications for equipment and

procurement. Uniformity in procedures

for different studies like environmental

assessment, feasibility, detailed project

report, etc., has helped in reducing the

pre-project period. Standardisation of

the layout and equipment has brought

in significant cost advantage in the

field of maintenance management and

inventory control.

Mining in India has come a long

way from conventional operations

to trackless mining, progressively

emulating and absorbing global

technologies. In the existing mines,

pneumatic equipment is systematically

being phased out with the introduction

of more energy-efficient electro-

hydraulic and diesel–hydraulic

equipment. New mines are being

planned with provisions to automate

all strenuous mining activities

avoiding direct handling of radioactive

ore at every stage of operation.

Underground ventilation system,

strata control measures, etc., are

being simulated before field trial

and implementation. The bulk ore

assaying system with automatic grade

estimation is undergoing continuous

improvement. The country’s dedicated

mining research institutes have

identified some of the thrust areas

like cutting technology in place of

conventional drilling & blasting, use

of electronic detonators, environment-

friendly explosives, etc., for future

development. Keeping in view the

worldwide technological progress in

ore processing, some major strides have

been taken towards absorbing expertise

and adapting cutting-edge technology

through radical innovations. A

number of steps have already been

taken to implement the precipitation

of uranium peroxide (UO4.2H

2O)

using hydrogen peroxide in place of

magnesium diuranate (MgU2O

7). This

will prevent co-precipitation of other

metals, ensure higher purity in product

and control many environment-

related problems. New plants with

simpler and shorter processing routes

are being envisaged. Use of modern,

energy-saving & efficient equipment

and concept of central control room

Some important uranium mines in India Operating mines in Jaduguda,

Bhatin, Narwapahar and Turamdih mines

New mines in Jharkhand at Banduhurang, Bagjata and Mohuldih

New mines in Andhra Pradesh at Lambapur-Peddagattu

New mines in Meghalaya at Domiasiat

Prospective mines at Tummalapalle uranium deposit and Rohili uranium deposit

Page 94: Search - September 2012

URANIUM MINING

94 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

are expected to be some of the

distinctive features of new plants.

Resolving the process know-how for

alkaline leaching is the emerging area

for further research and development,

which can make the huge resource

of Tummalapalle area exploitable. A

dedicated state-of-the-art facility has

been created at Jaduguda to pursue

rigorous laboratory investigation/pilot

plant studies in line with the above

requirements. The research institutes

of the country are also actively

participating in time-specific projects

for finding breakthroughs in uranium

mineral beneficiation, bio-leaching,

bio-beneficiation, etc.

MANAGING THE URANIUM TAILINGSUranium tailings management has

attracted the interest of public and

regulatory bodies of the country

resulting in wide-ranging research

and development on the subject. The

new tailing ponds are being developed

with sound embankment system and

impermeable artificial liner to prevent

any seepage of effluent. Various

laboratory studies are being conducted

to implement Thickened Tailings

Disposal (TTD) system at Seripalli.

Remediation of the existing tailings

ponds at Jaduguda is being taken up on

priority. Ecorestoration with suitable

soil capping and vegetation are being

addressed by various premier research

institutes. Efficacy of microbial

leaching of tailings and microbial

modifiers are also being looked into.

Leaching characteristics of the tailings

under different physicochemical

environment, studies pertaining to the

migration of contaminants into the

adjoining environment, modification

in tailings texture for minimising

dispersal of radon are some of the

critical areas for research in new

tailings ponds of the country.

SCOPE FOR EXPANSIONAttaining self-reliance in the energy

resources is the first priority of the

country’s nuclear power programme.

The government is committed to

increase the contribution of nuclear

power to the total power generation

capacity of the country. Accordingly,

the Department of Atomic Energy

has strategically designed the country’s

nuclear power programme. The

uranium industry of India has shown

an extraordinary uptrend during the

last decade. The industry is expected

to expand further, keeping with the

phenomenal growth in the nuclear

power generation. Apart from

supplying the raw material for nuclear

fuel, the uranium mining industry

of India has a great potential to

contribute towards the development of

infrastructure, mining technology and

employment generation.

[email protected]

With inputs from Ramendra Gupta,

Chairman & MD, Uranium Corporation of

India Ltd and AK Sarangi, Superintendent

(Geology), Uranium Corporation of India Ltd

Page 95: Search - September 2012
Page 96: Search - September 2012

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

96 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

etals usually do not occur

in pure concentrated

form, but in small traces

in rocks called ‘ores’.

Indistinguishable from

regular rocks to the untrained eye,

some ores contain only a fraction of

metal. As a result, a massive amount

of rock must be extracted from the

ground in order to obtain a usable

amount of metal. As a result of this,

and because metal & non-metal ores

are less common than the fuels like

coal, uranium and oil & gas, metal &

non-metal mines can be much larger

than coal mines and operate in more

extreme environments. For example,

while coal mines are rarely more than

a few hundred feet underground, gold

mines can be over a mile below the

surface.

Like coal and uranium ores, metal

ores are mined in both surface and

underground mines, depending on

where the ore deposit is located. In

addition to strip mining, surface ore

mines also use the open-pit mining

technique. These mines are huge holes

in the ground that are mined by blasting

rock from the sides and bottom with

explosives, carrying out the debris in

trucks, and then repeating the process.

Open-pit mines can be dug hundreds

of feet deep and several miles wide.

Underground mining is less common,

and is used only when rich veins of

ore are discovered or mineral prices

are high enough to justify the added

expense.

M PRATEEK SUR

Minerals: The Essential ElementsMinerals: The Essential Elementsof Growthof Growth

The metallic and non-metallic ores, such as iron, copper, gold, platinum, magnesium, limestone, bauxite, lead, gypsum, opal and zinc are used in many industrial purposes. Gold and platinum are primarily used in jewellery and high-end electronics, iron is used to produce steel, copper is the main component of electrical wiring, lead is used in batteries and zinc is used to coat iron & steel to reduce corrosion and as an alloy to make bronze & brass, and so on. Let us get an overview of their mining processes, uses, etc., of some such minerals.

Platinum is a very rare mineral and its cost is double that

of gold. It is usually found in igneous rocks, which have

iron and magnesium also. It is also found in thin layers with

minerals like copper and gold. It is mined through both

surface and underground mining. Some platinum is also

mined through placer mining.

Earlier, platinum was considered as inferior to silver and

used to be discarded. As it is usually found in gold mines,

platinum is also known as ‘white gold’. In the US, it is usually

mined along with copper and gold. The major platinum-

mining countries are South Africa, Russia, Columbia, the

US and Canada.

USESPlatinum is used to manufacture surgical instruments,

chemical equipment, jewellery and catalytic converters for

cars. It can be moulded into any shape, and, hence, it is used

in wires and items that have to be bent.

METHODS OF MININGPlatinum Group Metals (PGMs) are extracted by narrow

reef method, where hand-held pneumatic drills are used to

make holes in the reef. The ore-released blasting is taken

out with the help of scrapers attached to wenches and

transported to the surface.

The most popular mining methods are new mechanical

and hybrid mining. One mining procedure consists of

drilling either by pneumatic drills/newer specialised drilling

equipment and then cleaning the ore from the mine using

low-profile vehicles known as Load Haul Dump (LHD).

Large amounts of platinum are obtained from the

mines located in the Far East Russia and the

Norilsk–Talnakh mine, using open-pit, strip and

underground mining procedures. In Zimbabwe, platinum

PlatinumPlatinum

Page 97: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 97

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

Magnesium is the third most used metal, followed by

iron and aluminium. Magnesium derives its name from

‘magnesite’, a magnesium carbonate mineral. The British

chemist Humphry Davy isolated magnesium in 1808 by

electrolysing damp magnesium sulphate, using mercury as

a cathode.

The first industrialised production of magnesium began

in Germany in 1886 by Aluminum und Magnesium fabrik

in Hemelingen, Germany. Aluminum und Magnesium

fabrik later became the constituent of the chemical industry

conglomerate IG Farbenindustrie, which, during 1920s and

1930s, invented a process for manufacturing huge quantities

of molten and fundamentally water-free magnesium chloride,

now called the ‘IG Farben process’.

MINING AND CONCENTRATINGBoth dolomite and magnesite are hauled out and concentrated

by conservative methods. Carnallite ore is taken out and is

separated from other salt amalgams by solution mining.

Another excellent example of naturally occurring magnesium

ore is brines that occur in the ocean and large ponds by solar

radiation.

EXTRACTION AND REFININGMagnesium is a powerful chemical reagent and

reacts readily with both oxygen and chlorine. This

means that to extract the metal from its ores is

an exhaustive procedure and requires high-end

technologies. Commercial production of magnesium

uses two completely dissimilar methods: electrolysis

of magnesium chloride and thermal reduction of

magnesium oxide. Electrolysis is a cheaper means of

production, and, it accounts for nearly 75% of the world

magnesium production.

Opal has been a mystery for centuries. No two opals

look alike. The word opal was derived from the Greek word

opallos, which means ‘to see changes of colour’. Opal is a

precious gemstone, which is formed from non-crystalline

silica gel. It consists of 6–10% water. The small silica

spheres in opal are arranged in a regular pattern. It generally

measures 5.5–6.5 on MOH’s hardness scale, with pearls

measuring 4–5 and diamonds 9–10.

DEPOSITSAustralia accounts for nearly 95% of the world’s reserve of

opal. A small quantity is also found in Mexico, Brazil and

the US. In Australia, the major opal-deposit regions are

New South Wales, South Australia and Queensland.

Lightning Ridge, New South Wales, is famous for its

glorious black opal, where it was first discovered in the late

1880s. White Cliffs is Australia’s oldest commercial opal

was found in 1925 near Great Dyke.

TOP PLATINUM PRODUCERSSouth Africa is the world’s largest producer, where platinum

is mined from Bushveld Igneous Complex—a large igneous

intrusion spread in area of 370 km. It was estimated that

this massive ore deposit was formed 2,000 years ago. Here,

the PGMs are discovered in three distinct layers known as

reefs and the main source is the Merensky Reef, first opened

in 1925.

MagnesiumMagnesium

OpalOpal

Page 98: Search - September 2012

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

98 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

field, first mined here in 1889. For nearly 30 years, White

Cliff opal fields produced opal for the world market.

Opal mines are concentrated in Yowah, Quilpie,

Eromanga and Jundah regions of Australia. Coober Pedy

is famous for white or milky opals. Andamooka is one of

Australia’s most famous opal fields, having produced some

of the most beautiful pieces of opal. The opal fields in and

around Andamooka produce top gem, crystal, light opal and

some dark opal.

METHODS OF MININGOpal usually occurs in both sedimentary and volcanic rocks.

There are various methods of opal mining.

Sink a shaft: The simplest form of opal mining is by sinking

a shaft with a pick and shovel. A shaft is sunk straight down

until some promising ‘opal dirt’ is discovered. The shaft’s

length could be as short as 3 m or as long as 20 m. As opals

are usually frail, it is extracted with the help of a handpick

or screwdriver.

Open-cut mining: The open-cut method involves using

heavy machinery to remove large amounts of opal dirt for

inspection. This method is more expensive and is mostly

used to search for boulder opal in Central Queensland,

Australia.

Noodling: It is the practice of sifting through rejected

mullock heaps for small pieces of opal inadvertently

discarded by miners. Many people, living near the opal

fields, rely on noodling to earn a living. They usually sift

through the waste by hand, using a rake and sieve. Some

have also taken to large-scale machine noodling, by making

large amounts of opal dirt move on a conveyer belt under

ultra-violet light, which helps in easy detection of the

precious opal.

Puddling and rumbling: A puddler is a large mesh-lined

drum attached to a motor. This device rotates and turns

the clay into sludge as water is pumped into the drum. The

sludge escapes through the mesh. A related technique is dry

rumbling.

USESGold has been widely used throughout the world as a

vehicle for monetary exchange. It is used extensivley to make

jewellery. However, as pure gold is soft, it is usually alloyed

with base metals before being used in jewellery. Gold also

finds usage in medicine.

MININGEarlier, gold used to be mined using different methods like

panning, cradling, dry blowing, shaft mining, puddling and

dredging. It was very difficult to find gold in those days, as

there was no proper mining equipment. Discovering gold

was more a matter of luck than good judgment. Nowadays,

open-cut mining and underground methods are generally

used to mine gold.

Panning: It is one of the oldest techniques for separating

gold from rock. It was introduced by Isaac Humphrey at

Coloma in 1848. The Mexicans also developed their own

panning technique, using a flat dish called batea. Panning

is a very slow process, even for the most skillful miners.

In a single day, one miner can wash only 50 pans in a

12-hour workday and obtain only a small amount of gold

dust. Rocky material is loosened with pick and shovel. Then,

the material is carefully washed & swished around a shallow

metal pan. As the water separated the particles of dirt, rocks

and pebbles, small deposits of gold sink to the bottom of the

pan. This yields only small nuggets.

Cradle (Rocker): This method was introduced by Isaac

Humphrey. Cradling involves a wooden box with a handle

on one side and a ridged bottom covered with Hessian

cloth. Large pieces of rock were sorted through and discarded

if they did not yield any gold. Finer rocks & pebbles are

washed with water. This method is more successful than

panning as greater amounts of gravel and dirt can be

examined.

Dry blowing: This method is not very effective. It was

adopted in some regions like Kalgoorli in Western Australia.

Two pans were used for dry blowing. Fine, dust-like material

was poured from a pan that was held high, into the second

pan positioned on the ground. As the material was poured

down, the wind blew away the dust and fine particles of

rock, while the tiny nuggets of gold fell into the pan below.

While the method was sound in theory, the winds meant

that tiny particles of gold could also be blown away along

with the rest of the dust and dirt.

Shaft mining: It is one of the popular methods for gold

mining. Here, miners dug a shaft up to 50 m deep. This

method is only adopted when a prospector is confident that

there is enough gold in a particular place.

Puddling: Here, small amounts of clay are dumped in a

large container filled with water. On being stirred with

wooden stake, clay dissolves and gold particles sink to the

GoldGold

Page 99: Search - September 2012
Page 100: Search - September 2012

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

100 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

bottom. However, this method does not yield much gold.

Dredging: Here, a huge bucket is placed in front of the

dredge that will scoop vast amounts of sediment from the

riverbed. The sediment is then carefully sifted and sorted.

for gold.

Open-cut mining: In this method, rocks that are on surface

are removed. The mine is thus excavated in a series of

layers, known as ‘benches’. Benches allow trucks and other

large vehicles to enter the site and allow drilling & ore

sampling at different levels. The rocks that are removed

with the help of machines are crushed and sifted through

for gold. This method is very profitable as the removed rocks

will at least have 3–4 grams of gold per tonne. However,

mining companies must take proper safety measures at

regular intervals to reduce the risk of rock falls in the mine.

Underground mining: Underground mining is used to

mine gold found below the surface. This method is very

costly and also dangerous. Here, a shaft is sunk into the

ground that could be 1,000 m deep. Horizontal tunnels,

known as ‘stopes’, are dug at various depths and the miners

work along these to access the gold. Vehicles access

the various levels of the mine through a spiral tunnel

called ‘decline’.

As mineshafts become deeper, the risk of cave-

ins or collapses increases. Therefore, underground

mines must operate under strict safety protocols

regarding the way the mineshafts are dug & constructed, the

methods of support for the walls & ceiling of the mine and

the use of special machines to provide adequate ventilation

& lighting.

Zinc is found in igneous and metamorphic rocks. Some

important ores of zinc are sphalerite, franklinite, willemite,

zincite, smithsonite, hemimorphite and hydrozincite. Some

of these ores are fluorescent.

MININGZinc ore is mined using underground and surface mining

or a combination of both. After the ore is mined, flash

smelting is performed where the ore is heated to make zinc

oxide. The zinc ends up as powder. Zinc ore is chiefly mined

in China, Australia, Peru, Canada and the US (Alaska,

Tennessee and Missouri).

USESZinc is used in paints, for coating steel, automotive parts,

electrical fuses, batteries, roof gutters, pennies, rubber,

deodorant, etc. An important use of zinc is in the galvanising

process.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...India is a major zinc producer. Most of these deposits are

located in Rajasthan, and are being developed by Hindustan

Zinc Ltd—the country’s largest zinc producer. The company

presently operates seven mines and fours smelters spread

across Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar and Orissa.

Galena (PbS2) is the main ore of lead and silver.

Galena is found combined with zinc, copper and

silver. Sometimes, it also occurs as a byproduct of

the mining of the other minerals. Lead is obtained on

melting the ore. Galena is found in igneous and sedimentary

rocks.

MININGGalena is extracted through underground mining. The

major zinc-producing countries are the US (Texas,

Oklahoma and Missouri), Germany, Peru, Mexico, Zambia

and England.

USESLead is used in the manufacture of bullets, batteries, gasoline,

and welding solder. It was earlier used in paints, dishes and

cups until it was found that it was poisonous.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...Domestic demand for lead is about 1,70,000 tonne/

ZincZinc

Lead/GalenaLead/Galena

Page 101: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: Rittal Pg. 101

Page 102: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: Igus Pg. 102

Page 103: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 103

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

Bauxite is the basic raw material in the aluminium

manufacturing process. India is naturally endowed with

large deposits of bauxite. The captive bauxite mines in

Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Orissa provide

the raw material to the alumina refineries located at

Belgaum in Karnataka, Muri in Jharkhand and Renukoot in

Uttar Pradesh. The mines follow modern mining methods

with stringent environmental controls including extensive

re-greening of mined land and proactive participation in the

sociological development of the communities around.

AREAS OF GROWTHThe three main growth areas for aluminium in India are the

automobile, electrical wiring and food packaging sectors.

India is a major producer of bauxite and has substantial

reserves of high-grade ores. Reserves are estimated at

2,600 Mt, and are expected to last over 350 years at an

anticipated consumption of 7 Mt per year. Proven and

probable reserves are estimated at 1,200 Mt, making the

country fifth-largest producer, after Australia, Guinea,

Brazil and Jamaica. India’s reserves account for 7.5% of the

world’s total deposits. However, the aluminium capacity is

only 3%, indicating the scope and need for new capacities

in the country.

TOP PRODUCERSNalco (National Aluminium Company) is India’s largest

integrated bauxite mining and alumina smelting company.

Most of its operations are located at Damanjodi in Orissa.

Nalco is expanding its bauxite production to 2.5 Mt per year

and its alumina capacity to 1.5 Mt per year. Other major

producers include Hindalco, INDAL (Indian Aluminium

Company), Balco (Bharat Aluminium Company, owned by

the Indian Government and Sterlite Industries) and Malco

(Madras Aluminium Company). INDAL’s bauxite mines

at Panchpatmali in the Koraput district, Orissa, produce

approximately 2.5 Mt per year.

In June 2003, Sterlite Industries India Ltd (SIL)

commenced work on its `40.0-billion bauxite-mining and

alumina-refinery project at Lanjigarh in Kalahandi district,

Orissa. Considered as one of the largest greenfield projects

in the country, it will comprise a 1-Mt/year alumina refinery

with associated bauxite mining facilities. The refinery can be

expanded to 1.4 Mt/year and is based on 150 Mt of bauxite

committed by the Orissa Government for the project. The

bauxite is of high quality (around 47% alumina content). It

is expected that almost half the total alumina produced in

the refinery will be exported and the rest used for domestic

consumption.

The power requirements for the venture are to be met

through a new 100-MW power station, to be built as part

of the project. Sterlite has drawn up plans to increase Balco’s

refining capacity from 1,00,000 tonne/year to 3,34,000

tonne/year, and Balco has signed a `10.0-billion syndicated

debt arrangement facility with a bank consortium led by

ABN Amro Securities. Separately, Vedanta Resources has

allocated US$800 million, from the US$1.0 billion it raised

in London, for expanding Balco’s aluminium smelting

capacity, from 1,50,000 tonne/year to 5,00,000 tonne/year

by March 2006.

Hindalco’s aluminium smelting capacity was about

3,10,000 tonne/year. However, its `18.0-billion brownfield

expansion project, completed in August 2003, has raised

this to 3,45,000 tonne/year. Hindalco plans to raise its

smelting capacity further, to 3,60,000 tonne/year, and its

alumina refinery capacity to 7,00,000 tonne/year. Hindalco

has acquired 96% stake in Indian Aluminium Co (INDAL),

formerly owned by Alcan of Canada, and the Hindalco–

INDAL combine now accounts for over 70% of India’s

market for aluminium.

year. The total primary smelting capacity in the country

is 89,000 tonne/year, consisting of 65,000 tonne/year

(HZL) and 24,000 tonne/year (Indian Lead Ltd). HZL’s

smelters are located at Chanderiya, Rajasthan (capacity:

35,000 tonne/year) and Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh

(capacity: 22,000 tonne/year). However, the Tundoo smelter

(capacity: 8,000 tonne/year), which also produces silver, has

been shut down as it was faring very poorly. The smelter

at Visakhapatnam has also been closed for some time

because of environmental concerns by the Andhra Pradesh

Government. Visakhapatnam was a loss-making unit and

the costs of installing environment-friendly equipment

would be prohibitive. HZL is in the middle of raising its

annual lead-smelting capacity by 50,000 tonne.

Indian Lead Ltd has two units, one in Kolkata and the

other at Thane, near Mumbai, each with a capacity of 12,000

tonne/year. Both units treat imported concentrates. Binani

Industries possesses a 25,000 tonne/year lead recycling plant

(from batteries) at Wada in Maharashtra under the name of

Binani Lead.

Bauxite/AluminiumBauxite/Aluminium

Page 104: Search - September 2012

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

104 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

India has abundant reserves of limestone. Limestone of

different grades is mined from Pannedam limestone mine

through surface mining and selective operations.

USESLimestone is an important mineral and is used to

manufacture cement, lime, steel, glass, etc. Limestone

of varying grades occurs in sedimentary and crystalline

rocks. While the high-grade deposits are directly utilised

for manufacturing cement and lime, the other varieties

are blended with the high-grade deposits & made more

usable. However, as limestone resources are depleting,

it is important that we explore and exploit all grades of

limestone. The intensity of spectral reflectance/absorption

of limestone or carbonate minerals helps in determining

the chemical composition and purity of the mineral. Pure

limestone reflects the visible and Near Infra-Red (NIR)

energy, while Short Wave Infra-Red (SWIR) energy in the

2.35-µm region will be absorbed. The depth of absorption

in the SWIR region will depend on the concentration

of carbonates in the mineral. Hence, it is possible to

quantify the purity of a limestone deposit by analysing the

visible and carbonate absorption SWIR bands in a satellite

image.

USESPhosphogypsum is important for producing fertilisers. As

the Indian economy is dominated by agriculture, the fertiliser

industry has a pivotal role to play. However, only about

35–40% of the requirement of raw material for phosphatic

fertiliser production is being met through indigenous sources.

For the rest, the country has to import rock phosphate,

phosphoric acid and fertilisers.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...The major activity of Rajasthan State Mines and Minerals

Ltd (RSMML) is the mining of rockphosphate ore.

RSMML operates one of the largest and fully mechanised

mines in the country at Jhamarkotra.

Rock phosphate mines at Jhamarkotra & Kanpur

Group of Mines are complex deposits. Mining these

rock phosphate deposits is far more difficult than in

most parts of the world. Despite the complexities of the

deposit, excellent results have been achieved by continuous

innovations. With an annual rock handling capacity

of about 20 million tonne, Jhamarkotra is probably the

largest opencast mine in India outside the steel and coal

sectors. It contributes 98% of rock phosphate production

of India.

USESThe major applications of copper are in electrical wires

(60%), roofing & plumbing (20%) and industrial machinery

(15%). Copper is mostly used as a metal, but when a higher

hardness is required, it is combined with other elements

to make alloys (5% of total use), such as brass and bronze.

A small part amount of copper supply is used to produce

compounds for nutritional supplements and fungicides in

agriculture. Machining of copper is possible, although it is

usually necessary to use an alloy for intricate parts to get

good machinability characteristics.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...Copper mining is constrained by the lack of good quality

LimestoneLimestone

PhosphogypsumPhosphogypsum

CopperCopper

Page 105: Search - September 2012
Page 106: Search - September 2012

OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES

106 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

ore and by the fact that average metal content in Indian ore

is only 1% as against the world average of 1.5%. India has

an estimated copper resource of 730 Mt averaging 1.17%

copper. However, the copper business in India has suffered a

setback because of the explosive growth of mobile cellphone

networks and the emergence of ‘wireless-in-loop’ (WLL)

telephony. The landline phones (until recently a government

monopoly) had been the largest consumer of copper in

India. The dramatic fall in the prices of optical fibre also

impacted adversely on copper offtake and, despite improved

demand for transformers, switchgears, motors & alternators,

this has not been adequate to offset the reduced demand

in the telecommunications sector. As a result, domestic

consumption of copper in India last year grew by only 3-5%.

Out of this, only 185 Mt of ore with an average grade of

1.21% copper is under mining lease held by state-controlled

Hindustan Copper Ltd. Until 1998, Hindustan Copper has

been the only producer of copper concentrate in India. Since

then, several smaller companies, including Sikkim Mining

Corporation at Rangpo and Hutti Gold Mines in Karnataka,

have been producing copper concentrates. Hindustan Copper

will now be largely relying on its Malanjkhand mines at

Madhya Pradesh, which has grades of 1.42 % copper.

Birla Copper, the copper division of Hindalco Industries,

completed the de-bottlenecking of its copper smelter at

Dahej in 2002 and since then has a rated smelting capacity of

1,50,000 tonne/year (actual capacity is 1,85,000 tonne/year).

Birla Copper produces Grade-A quality copper as per the

specifications of the London Metal Exchange. Its profitability

has been dependent on the concentrate treatment and refining

charges it receives. Its acquisition of the Nifty mines (located

in the eastern Pilbara region of Western Australia) from

Straits (Nifty) Pty Ltd has enabled Birla Copper to become

an integrated copper producer. The acquisition also gives

Hindalco greater control over the value chain since mine

production and represents 75–70% of the value of copper.

Nifty has a mine production capacity sufficient to yield 27,500

tonne/year of cathodes and possesses a large undeveloped

sulphide resource. Total resources at Nifty amount to 148 Mt

averaging 1.3% copper, and a feasibility study for exploiting

the sulphide ore was scheduled for completion. Birla has also

acquired a 50% interest in the Maroochydore Exploration

Project, and is exploring the possibilities for acquiring

additional mining capacity.

[email protected]

USESIron is the world’s most commonly used metal. Steel, of

which iron ore is the key ingredient, represents almost 95%

of all metal used per year. It is used primarily in structural

engineering applications, maritime purposes, automobiles

and general industrial applications (machinery).

TOP PRODUCERSMining iron ore is a high-volume low-margin business, as

the value of iron is significantly lower than base metals. It is

highly capital intensive, and requires significant investment

in infrastructure, such as rail to transport the ore from the

mine to a freight ship. As a result, iron ore production is

concentrated in the hands of a few major players only.

World iron production averages two billion metric tonne

of raw ore annually. The world’s largest producer of iron

ore is the Brazilian mining corporation Vale, followed by

Anglo-Australian companies BHP Billiton and Rio Tinto

Group. Another Australian supplier, Fortescue Metals

Group Ltd, has helped bring Australia’s production to the

second position in the world.

The seaborne trade in iron ore was 849 million tonne in

2004. Australia & Brazil dominate this trade, with 72% of

the market, and BHP, Rio Tinto Group & Vale control 66%

of this market.

In Australia, iron ore is extracted from pisolite ‘channel

iron deposit’ ore derived by mechanical erosion of primary

banded-iron formations and accumulated in alluvial channels,

such as at Pannawonica, Western Australia; and the dominant

metasomatically-altered banded iron formation-related ores

such as at Newman, the Chichester Range, the Hamersley

Range and Koolyanobbing, Western Australia. The global

consumption of iron ore is growing at 10% per annum on an

average with the main consumers being China, Japan, South

Korea, the US and the European Union.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...The total recoverable reserves of iron ore in India are about

9,602 million tonne of haematite and 3,408 million tonne of

magnetite. Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Jharkhand, Orissa,

Goa, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Rajasthan and

Tamil Nadu are the principal Indian producers of iron ore.

Iron oreIron ore

Page 107: Search - September 2012
Page 108: Search - September 2012

MINING EQUIPMENT

108 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

n today’s globally

competitive mining

environment, companies

have to face many

challenges, such as

workplace safety, managing the

complexities of environmental &

regulatory requirements and enhancing

financial performance through improved

processes & cost controls. One of the

significant factors that contribute to

both operational cost and production

capacity is the heavy mining equipment

that keeps the ore moving every day.

The operating and maintenance costs of

mining equipment not only represent a

large proportion of a mine’s operational

expenditures, but can also affect a

mine’s profitability. Current estimates

show the operating costs of 360-tonne

haul trucks and 80-yard cable shovels

is more than $500 per hour and is this

figure is increasing by the day. On an

average, a truck that is taken offline

for a shift has a financial production

impact of $35,000, which can become

much more that that for a shovel. Also,

the ability to extend the operating

life of a $5,000,000-haul truck or a

$17,000,000-shovel can affect the

profitability of a mine significantly.

Strength and durability are the two

most important factors for choosing

any type of mining equipment. Cost is

also an important consideration while

selecting mining equipment. With

escalating operating costs and limited

resources, mining companies need to

monitor the performance of operators

and their heavy mobile equipment. To

prevent the production downtime, it

is critical to accurately diagnose any

performance issue before it adversely

affects the profitability.

REDUCING THE MAINTENANCE COST Equipment maintenance costs

represent between 30% and 50% of

direct mining expenditures. Most

often, mining companies employ

traditional preventive and reactive

maintenance programmes for critical

equipment, which take up most of

the technicians’ time. As a result,

other assets are often maintained less

frequently or are allowed to run to

failure. Besides, the limited availability

of skilled maintenance personnel

makes it difficult, if not impossible,

to optimise preventive maintenance

programmes for all equipment.

Equipment monitoring systems

provide a real-time bridge between

OEM interfaces and maintenance

staff. They allow technicians to

manage the health of critical assets

and implement an effective condition-

based maintenance methodology.

REQUIRED SHIFTA condition-based maintenance

methodology is one in which

maintenance is applied to an asset based

on the current condition or health of

the equipment and the impact of poor

performance on business & operational

goals. By adopting a condition-

based maintenance methodology,

maintenance personnel can remotely

diagnose problems and improve

service levels, reduce emergency &

field maintenance and improve Key

Performance Indicators (KPIs),

such as Mean Time To Repair

(MTTR), Mean Time Between

Failures (MTBF), availability

and utilisation. Maintenance

I PRATEEK SUR

Enhancing Mining’s Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient Efficiency Quotient

Mining equipment keep the ores up and running. The longer the mining equipment stays intact without Mining equipment keep the ores up and running. The longer the mining equipment stays intact without breaking, rusting, losing effectiveness or requiring too much maintenance, the better it is for keeping the breaking, rusting, losing effectiveness or requiring too much maintenance, the better it is for keeping the mining costs low and increasing the productivity with minimal input costs. This ultimately leads to easier mining costs low and increasing the productivity with minimal input costs. This ultimately leads to easier

access to the mined products, which, in turn, helps in the economic growth of a country. Therefore, it is very access to the mined products, which, in turn, helps in the economic growth of a country. Therefore, it is very important to know how to prolong the life of mining equipment. important to know how to prolong the life of mining equipment.

Cou

rtesy

: Cat

erpi

llar

Cou

rtesy

: Cat

erpi

llar

Page 109: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 109

MINING EQUIPMENT

personnel can now monitor the entire

mining fleet and receive early warnings

of developing problems, prompting

action to reduce negative impact on

operations. This ultimately leads to

vital equipment spending less time on

the shop floor and more time in the

mining field.

SOLUTIONS OFFEREDNew advancements in equipment

monitoring technology enable time-

constrained technicians and engineers

to discover, diagnose and act on a

fault before it results in production

downtime or serious damage to the

equipment or operator. By remotely

accessing onboard equipment data,

personnel can immediately view

and analyse equipment & operator

performance through a variety of

dashboards, user-defined KPIs and

alarms to facilitate immediate action.

This is accomplished through

monitoring systems that identify

data patterns that are

often precursors to the

development of faults and

can, therefore, be used as

predictors. Once developing abnormal

conditions are detected, technicians

who can take appropriate actions

to prevent the abnormalities from

escalating to serious issues are alerted.

While equipment monitoring is not

new to the mining industry, traditional

methods, unstable technology and

the extreme mining conditions have

often plagued the effectiveness of

these first-generation solutions. These

rudimentary monitoring systems not

only presented integration challenges,

but were also unreliable because of

limited data throughput, chronic data

loss, inflexible software and a lack of

OEM standardisation by equipment

manufacturers. In contrast, present-

day mining equipment monitoring

solutions, such as The MineCare®

System or Matrikon™ Mobile

Equipment Monitor, are designed to

reduce mobile mining equipment costs

through the real-time management

of equipment health, operator

performance and maintenance

processes. Regardless of its vendor,

technicians can monitor and manage

any type of field equipment, allowing

for easy integration and the continued

use of existing assets. Monitoring

systems can be seamlessly integrated

with maintenance management,

dispatch and Enterprise Resource

Planning (ERP) systems to optimise

communications and workflow in all

layers of the mining organisation.

TYPES OF MINING EQUIPMENTIn the past, miners used to excavate

minerals and metals by using simple

hand-held tools. However, modern-

day mining equipment are powered

mainly by electricity and hydraulic

energy. And with the introduction

of automation, today’s mining world

enjoys the benefit of many types of

mining equipment. There are various

types of mining equipment available.

Some of them include industrial

shredders, drilling equipment, blasting

equipment, drill rigs, hammers, mine

winders, blasting machine, mining

locomotive, well-drilling machine, etc.

Some examples of mining equipment

that are used extensively in mining

operations include hard hats, clothing/

gear, ventilation fans, rock dusters,

earth movers, water jet pumps, and

so on. A mining light system is an

important mining equipment used

for all mining processes. It increases

the efficiency & speed of mining

operations and guarantees optimum

results. A mining light might consist

of a heat sink, LED or laser, magnetic

switch or a focussing cone. The mining

excavators using advanced technology

help in reaching the international level

of performance in mining processes.

There are mining equipment

available specifically for surface-mining

processes, such as open-pit mining,

strip or area mining, quarrying, contour

mining, mountaintop removal and

placer mining. Some examples of the

opencast mining equipment are rock

drills, drifter, paving breaker, dth

hammer, wagon drill, slim drill LD-4,

pneumatic crawler drill, TCT drill steel

grinder and cross bit grinder. There are

excellent mining equipment available

for sub-surface mining processes,

such as shaft mining, drift mining,

borehole mining, slope mining and

hard rock mining. Similarly, there are

special mining equipment for deep

underground mining processes, such as

longwall mining, continuous mining,

blast mining, shortwall mining and

retreat mining. Some examples of the

underground mining equipment are

mucking machine, slurry pump, exhaust

fan, air mover, cement injection pump,

pneumatic power pack, turbo light,

spare parts for Atlas Copco Drifter

BBC-120F, Simba Junior, BMS-46

Feed Motor, BSP 10 Pneumatic Rod

Catcher, Atlas Copco Cavo

310 Loader, etc. Using the

right mining equipment

is essential for increasing

productivity. For example, the use of

large mining equipment in surface

mining maximises the recovery through

the excavation of one or more coal seam

deposits in the large area surface mines.

IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW YOUR MINING EQUIPMENT WELLMining is a very dangerous process. If

a wrong equipment or tool is used for a

specific mining purpose, it might lead

to disaster. Therefore, it is important

that everybody involved in the mining

operation must know exactly how

to use their mining tools properly.

Each worker should be properly and

thoroughly trained to use every part of

mining equipment they will be using.

Also, the workers should be educated

about the safety measures in using the

mining equipment.

With inputs from David Fisk, Director –

Mining Solutions, Matrikon

Strength and durability are the two most important factors for choosing any type of mining equipment. Cost is also an

important consideration while selecting mining equipment.

Page 110: Search - September 2012

SAFETY IN MINING

110 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

afety has long been a

major concern for the

mining sector, especially

in underground mining.

The Courrières mine

disaster in Northern France on March

10, 1906—Europe’s worst mining

accident—resulted in the death of

1,099 miners. Another major mining

accident at the Benxihu Colliery in

China killed 1,549 miners on April

26, 1942.

While mining today

has become substantially

safer than what it was

earlier, mining accidents

still occur. For example,

in China, as per the

government reports, about 5,000

miners die in various mining accidents

each year, while other reports have

suggested a figure as high as 20,000.

Examples of some recent major

mining accidents include the

Ulyanovskaya Mine disaster in Russia in

2007, the Heilongjiang Mine explosion

in China in 2009 and the Upper

Big Branch Mine disaster in the US

in 2010.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE MAJOR MINING HAZARDSMining ventilation is a significant

safety concern. Poor ventilation

exposes miners to harmful gases, heat

and dust inside sub-surface mines,

which can cause injury, illness and

death. The concentration of methane

and other poisonous gases in the

mines can generally be controlled by

dilution (ventilation), their capture

before they enter the host air stream

(methane drainage), or isolation (seals

and stoppings).

Rock dusts, including coal dust and

silicon dust, can cause long-term lung

problems, including silicosis, asbestosis

and pneumoconiosis (also known as

‘miners’ lung’ or ‘black lung disease’).

A ventilation system is set up to force

a stream of air through the working

areas of the mine. This air stream is

generated by large mine fans, usually

located above the ground. Air flows

only in one direction, making circuits

through the mine such that each main

work area constantly receives fresh

air. Spraying water in coal mines also

helps to keep dust levels down. By

spraying the machine with water and

filtering the dust-laden water with a

scrubber fan, miners can successfully

trap the dust.

Gases in mines can poison the

workers or displace the oxygen in the

mine, causing asphyxiation.

Therefore, it is important

for miners to continually

carry gas-detection

equipment that can detect

common gases, such as

CO, O2, H

2S, CH

4, and also calculate

the percentage lower explosive limit.

All production should stop if the

concentration of the inflammable

gases present reaches 1.4%. As newer

technologies, such as nanotechnology,

are being introduced, gas detection

will become more easier.

Methane gas is a common source

of explosions in coal mines, which can

potentially initiate more extensive coal

S PRATEEK SUR

Working in mines is hazardous because of the possibility of fi re, fl ood, explosion and collapse of the mine roof. Such disasters

affect the miners & their families as well as those staying in the nearby areas. Whether it is underground mining or surface mining,

safety should always be the top priority. Though the government has laid out various rules & regulations for the safety of the

miners, mining is still proving to be Achilles’ heel not just for the government, but also for the miners and mine owners.

Mining’sAchillesHeel

The Government of India has started taking adequate steps towards ensuring the safety of miners. The number of mine accidents in India has reduced from 222 in 1975 to 90 in

2004 and that of fatalities from 664 to 99 during the same period.

Page 111: Search - September 2012
Page 112: Search - September 2012

SAFETY IN MINING

112 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

dust explosions. Therefore, rock dusts,

such as limestone dust, are spread

throughout coal mines to diminish

the chances of coal dust explosions

and limit the extent of potential

explosions, in a process known as ‘rock

dusting’. Coal dust explosions can also

begin independently of methane gas

explosions. Frictional heat and sparks

generated by mining equipment can

ignite both methane gas and coal dust

explosions. For this reason, water is

often used to cool rock cutting sites.

Miners utilise heavy equipment

to break through extremely hard

layers of the earth’s crust. These

equipment, combined with the closed

workspace that underground miners

work in, can cause hearing loss. For

example, a roof bolter can reach sound

levels of up to 115 dB. Combined with

the reverberant effects of underground

mines, a miner without proper

hearing protection is at a high risk of

hearing loss.

By age 50, nearly 90% of the US

coal miners have some hearing loss,

compared to only 10% among workers

not exposed to loud noises. Roof bolters

are among the loudest machines, but

auger miners, bulldozers, continuous

mining machines, front end loaders

and shuttle cars & trucks also cause

excessive noise in the mines.

Since mining entails removing dirt

and rock from its natural location,

creating large empty pits, rooms and

tunnels, cave ins as well as ground &

rock falls are a major concern in mines.

Modern techniques for timbering

and bracing walls & ceilings within

sub-surface mines have reduced the

number of fatalities due to cave-ins,

but ground falls continue to represent

up to 50% of mining fatalities. Even

in cases where mine collapses are

not instantly fatal, they can trap

mine workers deep underground.

Cases such as these often provoke

high-profile rescue efforts, such as

when 33 Chilean miners were trapped

deep underground for 69 days in 2010.

High temperatures and humidity

may result in heat-related illnesses,

including heat stroke that can prove

fatal. The presence of heavy equipment

in confined spaces also poses a risk to

miners. Despite modern improvements

to safety practices, mining remains

dangerous throughout the world.

Modern mines use automation and

remote operation, such as automated

loaders and remotely operated rock

breakers, to improve the safety of

miners.

THE SITUATION IN INDIAThe Government of India has started

taking adequate steps towards ensuring

the safety of miners. The number of

mine accidents in India has reduced

from 222 in 1975 to 90 in 2004

and that of fatalities from 664 to 99

during the same period. Also, more

than 50% of the mining accidents in

India are due to inundation, followed

by gas explosions. In underground

mines, sidewalls & roofs may also

fall, resulting in major

accidents. In surface

mines, slope failure of

dumps is also a major

cause of accident.

The safety, welfare

and health of mine

workers are regulated

by the Mines Act,

1952, and the rules

& regulations framed

under this Act.

These regulations are administered

by the Directorate General of Mine

Safety (DGMS) under the Ministry

of Labour and Employment. Safety

in coal mines is monitored by the

various committees starting from unit

level to company board, including

representatives of various trade unions

& DGMS. The safety situation is also

reviewed at the government level by

the Union Coal Minister.

SAFETY ISSUES IN UNDERGROUND MINES Most of inundation accidents occur

due to the failure of barrier pillars

or partings in between the seams

Accidents have also occurred due to

inaccurate knowledge of the

working of water bearings

Suitable techniques for establishing

the thickness of the barrier & the

partings and for detecting the voids

& the working of abandoned water

bearing need to be developed

Roof fall and side fall in the mine

roadways are major causes of

accidents in underground mines in

India

Suitable support system with roof

bolters for bord & pillar workings is

required

A well-established technology/

method for hard roof management,

both for extraction/depillaring and

development workings, may be

explored

Techniques based on numerical

modelling for subsidence prediction

& control are required

The communication in Indian coal

mines is primarily based on CDS,

signalling or telephone system.

Telephones are located at strategic

points in underground mines. This

system has the inherent limitation

as wires have to be laid down at

specific points and a direct two-way

communication is not possible.

Advanced wireless communication

technology for direct communication

from surface to underground and

vice versa may be a better alternative

The advanced communication

system should be able to transmit

voice, data, video-telephony, real-

time production information and

In China, as per the government reports, about 5,000 miners die in various mining accidents each year, while other reports have suggested a fi gure as high as 20,000. Examples of some recent major mining accidents include the Ulyanovskaya Mine disaster in Russia in 2007, the Heilongjiang Mine explosion in China in 2009 and the Upper Big Branch Mine disaster in the US in 2010.

FACT

FACT

FACT

Page 113: Search - September 2012
Page 114: Search - September 2012

SAFETY IN MINING

114 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

track machinery & personnel

deployed in the underground

mining

Mine fires and explosions are

critical for Indian mines. Suitable

techniques such as mine fire

mapping by thermal infra-red

remote-sensing method may be

used to detect fire

Suitable technology may

be explored for detection

& measurement of

conductor temperature

in mine trailing cables

to prevent premature insulation

failure leading to electrocution and

fire hazards

SAFETY ISSUES IN SURFACE MINES Slopes of mines, stockpiles and

overburden need to be monitored

for their stability.

Laser imaging system can be used

in geological mapping, stockpile

survey and pit development surveys.

This system collects measurements

and images of everything in sight.

Data, other than that required for

the purpose, is automatically

available for different applications

at any time such as that for

monitoring open-pit slopes of high

walls and internal dumps.

New techniques, some of which are

given below, can considerably

reduce the dangers associated with

fly-rocks, inadvertent blasting,

fumes, etc. These techniques

include:

- Digital Energy Control System

- Pyro-Breaking Capsules (PBC)

- Threshold Blasting Technology.

RESCUE SERVICESIn the recent times, many advancements

have been made in the rescue services

provided by the Central Government

and the various state governments.

This also includes bettering the

rescue equipment, which is a prime

requirement for saving the lives of

the miners trapped in the mine at any

given point. There are procedures and

techniques for locating & rescuing the

trapped miners in surface

and sub-surface mines.

These procedures

need to be followed

with complete precision.

The technology has to

be kept up-to-date with the latest

advancements so that there should not

be even a single fatality in or around

the mines. The provision of rescue set

up and services for the mining industry

needs to be bettered all over world.

[email protected]

With inputs from Rubin Sariwala, Deputy

GM, Indian Mines and Miners Association

and Rakesh Mahant, Chief Analyst, NRS

Consultants.

Rock dusts, including coal dust and silicon dust, can cause long-term lung problems, including silicosis, asbestosis and

pneumoconiosis (also known as ‘miners’ lung’ or ‘black lung disease’).

Page 115: Search - September 2012
Page 116: Search - September 2012

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING

116 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

he environmental impact

of mining includes

erosion, formation

of sinkholes, loss

of biodiversity and

contamination of soil, groundwater

& surface water by chemicals used

in mining processes. In some cases,

forests in the vicinity of mines are

cut down for storing the debris

from mining. Besides damaging the

environment, the leakage of chemicals

also adversely affects the health of the

local population. As a result, some

countries have made it mandatory to

follow environmental and rehabilitation

codes, thereby ensuring that the mined

area is returned close to its original

state. Besides, some mining methods

may have significant environmental

and public health effects.

Additionally, mining exposes

hillsides, mine dumps and tailings dams.

Their erosion and resultant silting of

drainages, creeks and rivers significantly

impact the surrounding areas, a prime

example being the Ok Tedi Mine

environmental disaster in Papua New

Guinea. Besides, mining disturbs and

destructs farmlands, grazing lands,

ecosystems and habitats and also causes

noise, soil and visual pollution.

WATER POLLUTIONMining can have adverse effects on the

surface and groundwater if protective

measures are not taken. It can result

in unnaturally high concentrations

of some chemicals, such as arsenic,

sulphuric acid and mercury over

a significant area of surface or sub-

surface. In addition, runoff of soil and

rock debris—although non-toxic—also

destroys the surrounding vegetation.

Also, the dumping of tailings

overburden—mine-induced erosion

into the river system or in forests is the

worst option here. Submarine tailings

disposal is a better option (if the soil

is pumped to a great

depth). If no forests

need to be cleared for

storing the debris, then

land storage and refilling

the mine is even better.

Large amounts of water

produced from mine

drainage, mine cooling,

aqueous extraction and

other mining processes

can contaminate the

area, including the

groundwater and surface

water.

To avoid these

harmfu l e f f ec t s

of mining, it is

important that mines

are well regulated,

with hydrologists

and geologists taking

careful measurements

of water and soil to

exclude any type of

water contamination

T PRATEEK SUR

Is the Eroders of EARTH tag justified?The processes involved in mining operations have a negative impact on the environment. This negative effect continues even after the mine is no longer in operation, further aggravating the situation. As a result, most of the nations are now adopting various regulations to moderate the negative environmental effects and after-effects of mining operations, and provide the perfect solution for the same. Here’s taking a look at the various environmental effects of mining and analysing whether justice has been done to nature.

Page 117: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 117

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING

that could be caused by the mine’s

operations. In the US, the government

has made it mandatory for mining

companies to follow the government’s

environmental regulations while

operating. They are encouraged to

follow non-toxic extraction processes

such as bioleaching. If the project site

becomes polluted even after following

these steps, mitigation techniques

such as Acid Mine Drainage (AMD)

should be carried out in which

contaminated water is pumped to a

treatment facility that neutralises the

contaminants.

The five principal technologies used

to monitor and control water flow at

mine sites are:

- Diversion systems

- Containment ponds

- Groundwater pumping systems

- Sub-surface drainage systems

- Sub-surface barriers.

ACID MINE DRAINAGEAMD, or Acid Rock Drainage

(ARD), refers to the outflow of acidic

water from (usually abandoned) metal

mines or coal mines.

Apart from mines, other

areas where the earth

has been disturbed (e.g.,

construction sites, sub-

divisions, transportation corridors,

etc.) may also contribute ARD to

the environment. The liquid that

drains from coal stocks, coal-handling

facilities, coal washeries and coal

waste tips can be highly acidic, and

is treated as ARD. It occurs naturally

in some environments as part of the

rock weathering process. However,

the situation is exacerbated by large-

scale earth disturbances characteristic

of mining and other large construction

activities, usually of those rocks that

contain abundant sulphide minerals.

The same type of chemical reactions

and processes may occur through

the disturbance of acid sulphate soils

formed under coastal or estuarine

conditions after the last major sea

level rise, and constitute a similar

environmental hazard.

HEAVY METALSAnother example of environmental

problems with mining is dissolution

& transport of metals and heavy

metals by run-off & groundwater;

for example, the Britannia Mine, a

former copper mine near Vancouver,

British Columbia. Tar Creek—

an abandoned mining area in

Picher, Oklahoma, which is now an

Environmental Protection Agency

superfund site—also suffers from heavy

metal contamination after water in

the mine containing dissolved heavy

metals, such as lead and cadmium,

leaked into local groundwater.

Long-term storage of tailings and

dust can lead to additional problems,

as they can be easily blown off the

site by wind. It occurred at Skouriotissa,

an abandoned copper mine in

Cyprus.

DEFORESTATIONFor opencast mining, the overburden,

which may be covered in the forest,

must be removed before the mining can

commence. The resulting deforestation

may lead to species extinction if there

is a high level of local endemism.

ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS CAUSED BY DIFFERENT TYPES OF MINING Coal miningThe environmental impact of the coal

industry includes issues such as land

use, waste management and water &

air pollution caused by coal mining,

processing and use of its products. In

addition to atmospheric pollution, coal

burning produces hundreds of millions

of tonnes of solid waste products

annually, including fly ash, bottom ash

and flue-gas desulphurisation sludge,

which contain mercury, uranium,

thorium, arsenic and other heavy

metals. There are severe health effects

caused by burning coal. According to

the reports issued by the World Health

Organization in 2008, pollution caused

by coal particulates has been estimated

to shorten approximately 10,00,000

lives annually worldwide.

Oil ShaleThe oil shale industry also causes

land, water and air pollution. It

also causes problems in waste

management, caused by the extraction

and processing of oil shale. Surface

mining of oil shale deposits causes

the usual environmental impacts of

open-pit mining. In addition,

combustion and thermal processing

generate waste material, which must

be disposed of along with harmful

atmospheric emissions, including

carbon dioxide, a major greenhouse

gas. Experimental in-situ conversion

processes and carbon capture &

storage technologies may reduce some

of these concerns in future, but may

raise others, such as the pollution of

groundwater.

Mountaintop Removal MiningMountaintop Removal

Mining (MTR), also

known as Mountain Top

Mining (MTM), is a form

of surface mining that

involves the mining of the summit or

summit ridge of a mountain. In MTR,

entire coal seams are removed from

the top of a mountain, hill or ridge

by removing their overburden, and

re-stacking the overburden back on

the ridge to reflect the approximate

original contour of the mountain.

The excess overburden that cannot be

replaced on the ridge-top is moved

into neighbouring valleys. It is the

predominant method of coal mining

in the Appalachian Mountains in the

Eastern US. The process involves

blasting with explosives to remove

up to 400 vertical feet (120 m) of

mountain to expose the underlying

coal seams. Excess rock and soil

laden with toxic mining byproducts

are often dumped into nearby

Sea turtles depend on sandy beaches for their nesting, and sand mining has led to the near extinction of gharials (a

species of crocodiles) in India.

Page 118: Search - September 2012

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING

118 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

valleys, in what are called ‘holler fills’

or ‘valley fills’.

Peer-reviewed studies show that

MTR has serious environmental

impacts, including loss of biodiversity

and toxification of watersheds, which

mitigation practices cannot successfully

address. There are also adverse impacts

of MTR procedure on human health

that result from contact with affected

streams or exposure to air-borne toxins

and dust.

Sand MiningSand mining is used

to extract sand, mainly

through an open pit. Sand

is also mined from beaches,

inland dunes and dredged from ocean

beds & riverbeds. Sand is used to make

concrete and also as an abrasive. It is

also used to replace eroded coastline.

Sand mining is also used to extract

minerals such as rutile, ilmenite and

zircon, which contain the industrially

useful elements titanium and

zirconium. These minerals typically

occur combined with ordinary sand.

However, sand mining causes

erosion and impacts the local wildlife.

For example, sea turtles depend on

sandy beaches for their nesting, and

sand mining has led to the near

extinction of gharials (a species of

crocodiles) in India. Disturbance of

underwater and coastal sand causes

turbidity in the water, which is harmful

for sea organisms, such as corals, that

need sunlight. It also destroys fishes,

causing problems for people who

depend on fishing for their livelihood.

Besides, removal of physical coastal

barriers, such as dunes, leads to the

flooding of beachside communities,

and the destruction of picturesque

beaches harms tourism. Though sand

mining is regulated by law, it is often

done illegally.

WHAT THE FUTURE BEHOLDS?A better and safer future for mining lies

in making mines more environmental

friendly. For this to happen, proper

environment management steps should

be taken. The used mines should be

duly filled up after the full extraction

and should not be just left abandoned.

Effective steps should be taken for

reforestation of the mined

area. This would reduce the

problems of environmental

degradation such as soil

erosion. Therefore, there

must a balance in the

mining processes so that justice is done

to nature.

[email protected]

With inputs from Shireen Tyrewala,

Assistant Professor, Department of Chemistry,

Annakurim University and Val Krammer,

Visiting Assistant Professor – Department of

Science and Technology, University of Madras

The environmental impact of the coal industry includes issues such as land use, waste management and water & air

pollution caused by coal mining, processing and use of its products.

Page 119: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H S

epte

mbe

r 20

12 A

d N

ame:

Eve

rst

Pg

No.

119

Page 120: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: H

i-Fab Pg No. 120

Page 121: Search - September 2012
Page 122: Search - September 2012

122 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING

he government had

approved the new

National Mineral Policy,

2008, on March 13,

2008. The new policy

enunciates measures to streamline

and simplify the procedures for

granting mineral concessions, develop

a sustainable framework for optimum

utilisation of the country’s natural

mineral resources for the industrial

growth in the country, and, at the same

time, improve the life of people living

in and around the mining areas, which

are generally located in the backward

and tribal regions of the country.

Apart from these, the National

Mineral Policy has enunciated several

policy measures that seek to strengthen

the framework/institutions supporting

the Indian mining sector, which

includes the Indian Bureau of Mines,

Geological Survey of India and State

Directorates of Mining & Geology.

The new policy spelt out measures

to optimise the scientific mining and

exploration of the country’s mineral

resources. Some of the important

measures are:

The existing Mines and Minerals

(Development and Regulation) Act,

1957, will be replaced. The draft

Act has already been posted for

suggestive amendments from the

public.

In order to ensure implementation

of the non-legislative policy

initiatives given in the National

Mineral Policy, 2008, the Ministry

of Mines has also constituted an

Implementation Committee in

June, 2009, to oversee the

implementation of the action points

of the National Mineral Policy.

The new National Mineral Policy

enunciates measures like assured right

to next stage mineral concession,

transferability of mineral concessions

and transparency in the allotment

of concessions, in order to reduce

delays that are seen as impediments

to investment and technology flows

in the mining sector of India. Other

features of the policy include:

- It recognises that minerals are

valuable natural resources as

they are the vital raw material

for infrastructure, capital goods

and basic industries. The

development of the extraction

and management of minerals

has to be integrated into the

overall strategy of the country’s

economic development.

- The exploitation of minerals

has to be guided by long-term

national goals and perspectives

that are dynamic and responsive

to the changing global economic

scenario.

- It also recognises that the country

is blessed with ample resources

of a number of minerals and has

the geological environment for

many others being a part of the

ancient Gondwanaland, which

includes parts of Australia, South

Africa and Latin America.

- The policy lays out that

the guiding strategy for the

development of any mineral

should keep in view its ultimate

end users in terms of demand

and supply in the short, medium

& long terms. This would be

market oriented. However,

a disaggregated approach in

T PRATEEK SUR

As India is endowed with vast mineral resources, the mineral industry is an important segment of the Indian economy. The country produces as many as 84 minerals comprising of four fuels, 11 metallic, 49 non-metallic and 20 minor minerals. The mining sector in India is largely dominated by the public sector; however, the government is now seeking a phased withdrawal of its participation from the non-strategic metal sector in order to encourage private sector players. Here, we discuss some policies and regulations that can strengthen the mining sector of the country and help it function more effi ciently.

A Guiding Light A Guiding Light For Indian MiningFor Indian Mining

Page 123: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 123

NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING

respect of each mineral will be

adopted and a mineral-specific

strategy will be developed

to maximise gains from the

comparative advantage that

the country enjoys. Moreover,

mineral development will be

prioritised in terms of import

substitution, value addition and

export, in that order.

- Conservation of minerals shall be

construed not in the restrictive

sense of abstinence from

consumption or preservation for

use in distant future, but as a

positive concept leading to the

augmentation of reserve base

through improvement in mining

methods, beneficiation and

utilisation of low-grade ore and

rejects & recovery of associated

minerals.

MINE DEVELOPMENT AND MINERAL CONSERVATIONThe National Mineral Policy lays

down that the mine development and

mineral conservation, as governed

by the rules & regulations, will be

on sound scientific basis, with the

regulatory agencies, viz., Indian

Bureau of Mines (IBM) and the state

directorates, closely interacting with

R&D organisations and scientific

& professional bodies to ensure

optimal mining plans. Conditions of

mining leases regarding size, shape &

disposition with reference to geological

boundaries and other mining

conditions shall favourably predispose

the leased areas to systematic &

complete extraction of minerals.

Also, the regulatory agencies will

be suitably strengthened through

capacity-building measures. The

Implementation Committee has

directed IBM to prepare detailed

guidelines for mine closure, best

practices and the actual process of

obtaining approval from IBM for

the mine closure plan, detailing the

socioeconomic aspects of mine closure,

long-term impacts, costs involved, etc.

The same has been incorporated in

the IBM Restructuring Report. In this

context, IBM has constituted Working

Groups to:

- Suggest incentives to be given

to mine operators to promote

the adoption of mechanisation,

computerisation and automation

- Develop a plan for the collaboration

of private sector institutions and jobs

in the field of mineral beneficiation

- Develop a legal and institutional

framework for zero waste mining

and strengthening of mechanisation

of mining

- Evolve guidelines for operating

small deposits in a scientific and

efficient manner safeguarding

vital environmental and ecological

aspects.

MEASURE TO CONTROL ILLEGAL MINING All state governments have been

requested to computerise the system

for collecting royalty and issuing

transport permits on the basis of

the Online Royalty Pass System

implemented by Code Solutions, a

Division of Gujarat Narmada

Valley Fertilizers Co (GNFC) Ltd.

All state governments have also

been requested to include

representatives of railways, customs,

ports, and, in the case of iron ore-

producing states, representative of

the Ministry of Steel in the State

Coordination-cum-Empowered

Committees set up in the state, for

better monitoring of the

transportation and export of ore.

To reduce delays, they have been

asked to send a list of mineral

concession cases pending with the

Ministry of Environment & Forests

for clearances. The state

governments have also been asked

to impose the ‘Special Condition’

under Rule 27(3) of Mineral

Concession Rules, 1960, for

ensuring that all the mining lease

holders assess the resources in their

leases as per the UNFC. Besides,

the state governments have been

requested to be more actively

engaged in improving the quality of

mineral administration by taking

the following steps:

- Increasing personnel at railway

sidings

- Removing restrictions on loading of

ores in sidings not used optimally

- Improving security features of the

transit passes (for this purpose, the

system of a single permit per rake

would need to be implemented)

- Taking action against overloading

of trucks, which is a substantial

factor in royalty evasion besides

being responsible for deteriorating

road quality in mining areas and

increasing transport inefficiency

- Putting in place in-motion

weigh-bridges and modernisation

of check gates

- Bettering enforcement through

intelligence sharing, enforcement

squads, joint inspection, mining

cells in police organisation, etc.

- The Ministry of Mines has directed

all the state governments to start

the process of registering end users,

constitution of Special Cells in

State Police, use of satellite imagery

to track down illegal mining,

hologram marking/barcoding of

transport permits, etc.

- The state governments are also

planning to set up special camp

at sites and deployment of Home

Guards in areas where there have

been complaints about illegal

mining.

In addition, the Rule 45 of Mineral

Conservation and Development Rules

has been amended on February 9,

2011, to bring traders, stockists,

exporters and end-users dealing with

minerals under the purview of the

regulation. This will ensure end-

to-end accounting of minerals, thus

obviating scope for illegal mining.

[email protected]

With inputs from Indian Bureau of Mines,

Department of Mines, Ministry of Minerals

and Mines, Government of India

Page 124: Search - September 2012

124 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

FDI IN MINING

ccording to the World

Bank, the mining

industry is poised to

expand considerably over

the next 20–30 years.

Developing nations, such as India, play

an increasingly important role in this

expansion on the demand side (as the

population and economies grow), as

well as on the supply side (given the

shifts in the exploration and mining

development investments). Today,

the mining sector is one of the largest

employers in India and hires more

than one million people, i.e., around

4% of the Indian workforce.

India produces as many as 86

minerals, which include four fuels and

10 metallic, 46 non-metallic, three

atomic and 23 minor minerals. The

total value of the mineral production

in India (excluding atomic minerals)

during 2009–10 was estimated at

`1,27,921.42 crore—an increase of

about 4.61% over that of the previous

year. This figure is on the ascent and

is expected to become huge by the end

of 2012.

To a great extent, the mining sector

has flourished due to the continuously

increasing demand from industrial

production, agriculture, high-tech

sectors and merchandise producers in

more than 100 countries. Among these

100 countries, 50 can be called ‘mining

countries’ because:

The sector immensely contributes

to the export earnings of these

countries

It serves their large domestic markets

It employs millions of workers from

these countries.

SCOPE OF FDIFDI plays a vital role in improving

the economy of the country and is a

crucial element to help local industries

survive in the global market. FDI

inflow provides strength to the Indian

economy and therefore, concerted

efforts are needed at the regional,

national and international levels in

order to attract FDI inflows for the

growth of the Indian economy.

In order to analyse FDI in the

mining sector, we need to first

examine the opportunities, challenges,

responsibilities and recommendations,

among other factors. Since the

last two decades, India has been an

attractive and profit-oriented market

for investments. In this scenario, FDI

has been an easy path for investors to

enter the market. Though factors such

as vast consumer market, a big retail

sector and huge aggregate demands

have attracted FDI, there are some

‘depressing’ factors that make FDI

in the mining sector difficult. Some

of these ‘depressing’ factors include

inadequate domestic supply, weak

infrastructure, lacking technological

background, political instability, low

GDP, poor management skill, under-

par investment promotion strategies,

A PRATEEK SUR

India has become one of the most promising markets in the globe. Its technical and skilled human resources are among the fi nest in the world. The private sector is the lifeblood of economic activity in India, which is energetic and spirited. The middle-class population of India is greater than the population of the US or the European Union, which provides India a key place in international competition. Under the new economic policy, India provides an open and liberal economic atmosphere and offers considerable scope for FDI, joint ventures and collaborations. The policy formulated by the government has removed all the unnecessary rules and has created a liberal environment for foreign investors to facilitate FDI infl ows under the automatic route.

A A GoldmineGoldmine of of Business OpportunitiesBusiness Opportunities

Page 125: Search - September 2012
Page 126: Search - September 2012

FDI IN MINING

126 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

confused outlook of the government

towards investment, ailing local

industries, inadequate finance and

unemployment.

The government, investors and

producers should work towards

creating a healthy economy. It needs

to draft a favourable legal framework

for FDI policies in India. Also, there

needs to be adequate policies to

maintain quality and prices of goods.

Additionally, preference should

be given to technology exchanges

between the host and guest countries.

It is important to note that FDI plays

a vital role in improving the economy

of the country and is a crucial element

to help local industries survive in the

global market. FDI inflow provides

strength to the Indian economy

and therefore, concerted efforts are

needed at the regional, national and

international levels in order to attract

FDI inflows for the growth of Indian

economy.

FDI IN COAL SECTORPrivate Indian companies setting

up or operating power projects as

well as coal/lignite mines for captive

consumption may be allowed 100%

foreign equity, provided that the coal/

lignite produced by them is meant

only for captive consumption in power

generation. Full foreign investment

in the equity of an Indian subsidiary

of a foreign company or in the equity

of an Indian company for setting up

coal processing plants in India may be

allowed subject to the conditions that

such an Indian subsidiary

or the Indian company:

Shall not do coal mining

Shall not sell the washed

or sized coal from their

coal-processing plants to the

respective parties.

Also, private Indian companies

that are engaged in the exploration or

mining of coal and lignite for captive

consumption for iron, steel and cement

production may be allowed 100%

foreign equity. The government has

reviewed its policy on FDI and decided

to permit it under the automatic route

for coal and lignite mining for captive

consumption by power projects, iron

& steel, cement production and other

eligible activities permitted as per

the provisions of the Coal Mines

(Nationalisation) Act, 1973.

MINING AND FDIThe Indian Government had, in a

pragmatic manner, opened up the

mining sector to FDI in 1993 after the

announcement of the New Mineral

Policy to infuse funds, technology and

managerial expertise in the sector. The

FDI policy in the mining sector had

been gradually liberalised during the

next few years. In 1997, the automatic

approval route for investments

involving foreign equity

participation up to 50% in

mining projects and up to

74% in services incidental

to mining was introduced.

Also, the FDI cap for exploration

and mining of diamonds & precious

stones has been increased to 100%

under the automatic route with effect

from February 2006. With this, FDI

in the mining sector for all non-atomic

and non-fuel minerals have now been

fully opened up to 100% through the

The FDI cap for exploration and mining of diamonds & precious stones has been increased to 100% under the

automatic route with effect from February 2006.

FDI decreases the production cost of goods and services. Elimination of transaction and transporting cost between the host & guest countries is possible under FDI.

The role of FDI in job creation and conservation is found to be more favourable for the host country. A good infl ow of FDI creates new employment opportunities in the industries and market sectors of the host country. The FDI infl ows also encourage the transfer of technological expertise and professional education between different countries.

FDI increases the industrial productivity of the host country. With the increase in output, the home country can boost its export. It also helps in bridging the defi cit between import and export.

FDI improves the GDP of the host country, leading to a healthy economy. Better GDP rate improves the living standards of people in the host country.

FDI enhances the competition at the global level. The FDI infl ow develops the effi ciency and sustains the growth rate of the developing countries.

FDI also encourages regional development of a developing country. FDI releases broad opportunities in the traffi c of goods and services in India. FDI helps in upgrading the existing old processes with new technologies. Also,

developing countries can implement advanced technology in industrial and IT sectors by inviting FDI.

Foreign fi rms are nowadays investing large amounts in joint ventures with India. In order to position themselves better in the Indian market, they spend large amounts on quality and distribution of the product. FDI increases the level of competition in the host country. This results in the availability of economically-priced and good-quality products and services.

FDI has also created a large number of employment opportunities by developing industrial units in various parts of India.

It has also been seen that FDI encourages domestic producers. They become more effi cient and are able to withstand competition from local as well as outside markets. It results in enhancing the economic growth.

Finally, FDI can also provide large supplies of products and services by implementing advanced infrastructure & technologies in industries. It helps in increasing the purchasing power of low-income people in the host country.

ADVANTAGES OF FDI

Page 127: Search - September 2012
Page 128: Search - September 2012

FDI IN MINING

128 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

automatic route, including diamonds

and precious stones.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTSOf late, there has been an emphasis

by the Indian Government to

ensure that the legal licence to mine

is also accompanied by a social

licence to mine. A draft bill, Mines

and Minerals (Development and

Regulation) Bill, 2010, envisages the

setting up of a National

Mining Tribunal that can

check independently, all

decisions, indecisions and

delays in its application. It further

proposes that if the state governments

want to grant forest areas for mining, it

is mandatory to consult the panchayats

of the tribal areas. It has also been

proposed that 26% of the profits from

mining should be shared with the

people who are displaced because of

the projects. If companies do not make

profits, they would need to pay an

amount equal to the mining royalties

to the displaced people.

MINING: AN EXCITING SECTOR FOR POTENTIAL INVESTORSClearly, the mining sector in India

is an alluring venture with the

government leaving no stone unturned

to make it more investor friendly.

There are proposed amendments and

decisions in the pipeline that may have

far-reaching consequences for the

potential investors. The contribution

of mining and quarrying sector to

GDP in 2009–10 (April–September)

was `31,808 crore—an increase of

8.7% over the figure of the preceding

period. Clearly, mining in India is an

exciting sector for potential investors.

By the end of 2012, this growth will

become far more clear.

The path of economic growth

and development certainly navigates

with the help of FDI. India is an

over-populated country; and the

infrastructure facility is not much

developed. Supply has become weak

and inflation also keeps on increasing.

Hence, there is a need for good

investment policies and a people-

welfare outlook while inviting FDI.

FDI has now become an important

part of the Indian economy without

which the present status of economy

could never be maintained.

To compete at the

international level, help

local businesses survive,

upgrade old technologies and primarily

to increase the number of employment

opportunities in the mining sector,

FDI has a key role to play.

[email protected]

With inputs from Akash Meshram, Assistant

Professor – Department of Commerce and

Rekha Meshram, Head – Department &

Assistant Professor – Department of Commerce,

NH College, Bramhapuri District, Chandrapur.

Today, the mining sector is one of the largest employers in India and hires more than one million people, i.e., around 4%

of the Indian workforce.

Page 129: Search - September 2012
Page 130: Search - September 2012

130 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURESMERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES

lobally, the growth

in Mergers and

Acquisitions (M&As)

and Joint Ventures (JVs)

in mining had begun to

slack in the latter half of 2011. As the

crises in European and US economies

forced companies to adopt a wait-and-

watch stand, the situation remained

the same in the first half of 2012. The

only sector that has seen the most

aggressive consolidation in the form

of JVs and M&As is the metallurgical

or met coal and iron ore industries.

This has largely been facilitated owing

to the large global steel producers

seeking to secure their access to the

raw materials. Coal sector deals in the

US alone drew many global companies

into M&A activities to a much greater

degree. While China, too, is showing

signs of becoming a more sophisticated

& confident acquirer, African copper

assets appear to be high on the

country’s agenda.

In this situation, the depressed stock

prices of many small mining companies

are encouraging acquisitions by big

ones, as they often believe that small

companies are specialised at what they

do. Therefore, many large companies

prefer to acquire the best early-stage

projects of the small companies rather

than develop their own exploration

and development capabilities.

Unsolicited bids with large premiums

have also become prominent M&A

activities. Cameco’s $479-million

takeover of the Hathor Exploration in

August 2011 (subsequently acquired

by Rio Tinto) is one example that

represented a 40% premium. Stillwater

Mining also paid a 290% premium

to buy all the outstanding shares of

Peregrine Metals.

Another feature of the M&A

activities is the increasing number

of interlopers that are jumping into

the already announced deals. For

example, the Inmet and Lundin

merger attracted Equinox Minerals,

Minmetals Resources & Barrick Gold

as interlopers.

However, the case ended up with

Inmet and Lundin abandoning their

merger and Barrick buying Equinox.

Timmins Gold was also an interloper

in the AuRico Gold/Capital Gold

transaction—a role that AuRico itself

played in the deal between Northgate

Minerals and Primero. In addition,

a few transactions spawned spin-off

companies to develop properties that

were unwarranted by the acquirer

and particularly desired by the target.

When Quantum Minerals first

acquired Antares Minerals, a company

called Regulus Resources was created

to develop Antares’ 50% interest in the

G PRATEEK SUR

The numbers of Mergers & Acquisitions (M&As) and Joint Ventures (JVs) in mining have cooled down in the second half of 2011 and the early half of 2012. Although the sector has seen one or two big deals, M&As and JVs involving base metal companies have dwindled as economic uncertainty curbs global demand and softens prices. However, deals relating to gold mining are capturing a higher percentage of the minimal M&A activities in mining.

Deliver DemandsDeliver DemandsEnvious DealsEnvious Deals

toto

Page 131: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 131

MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES

COAL Alpha Natural Resources has beat fellow American

Arch Coal to acquire Massey Energy for $8.5 billion—the highest valued mining target in 2011.

Subsequent to a failed divestiture attempt, Whitehaven recently announced the acquisition of fellow Australian miners Aston and Boardwalk for $3 billion. The deal creates Australia’s largest independent coal explorer.

Against a backdrop of crashing equity prices, Rio Tinto and Mitsubishi have teamed up to acquire a minority stake in Australia’s Coal & Allied for approximately $1.5 billion.

Mongolia Mining has signed a $464-million deal to buy fellow Mongolian coal miner QGX. The deal is the largest ever Mongolian M&A transaction.

Bumi PLC has announced that its proposed acquisition of 75% of PT Bumi Resources Minerals will not proceed due to market uncertainties.

COPPER Australia’s Equinox Minerals has been acquired by

Canada’s Barrick Gold for C$7.3 billion. The offer trumped Minmetals’ C$6.3 billion offer and has resulted in Equinox retreating from its hostile bid for Lundin Mining (which resulted in the death of a friendly merger between Lundin and Inmet mining).

KGHM Polska Miedz has announced the acquisition of Canada’s Quadra FNX Mining for C$3.5 billion—the largest ever overseas acquisition by a Polish company.

Japanese industrial conglomerate Mitsubishi Corporation has acquired a 24.5% stake in Anglo American Sur for $5.4 billion in November 2011. The deal blocked Chile’s Codelco from acquiring 49% of Anglo’s Chilean copper unit (via its option to do so) and ignited a cross-continent legal battle.

In another cross-continent battle, this time for African copper resources, China’s Jinchuan Group—an emerging market giant, has offered $1.3 billion to acquire South African copper miner Metorex, trumping a bid by Brazil’s Vale.

Chinese Minmetals Resources has extended three offers to Africa-focussed Anvil Mining—the most recent of which valued the company at $1.3 billion.

GOLD Eldorado Gold has acquired fellow Canadian European

Goldfields for C$2.5 billion. The transaction, which was motivated by a desire to secure European Goldfields’ assets in Greece and Turkey, was the largest gold deal of 2011.

US-based Newmont Mining Corp has acquired Canada’s Fronteer Gold for C$2.3 billion in order to gain three exploration and development projects in Nevada, which are expected to contain 4.2 million ounces of gold. Newmont spun off the remaining 11 projects into a new company, Pilot Gold.

In one of the largest-ever transactions led by a Chinese gold producer, Shandong Gold Group has announced a

$1-billion unsolicited bid for Brazil’s Jaguar Mining. The hostile offer has prompted Jaguar to initiate a strategic review process to explore alternatives. The bid represented the highest premium ever offered in cash (nearly 79%) for a gold miner (>$500 million).

Canada’s White Tiger Gold and Century Mining have entered into a business combination. The combined entity emerged as a diversified intermediate with multiple properties in various stages of production and development in Canada, Russia and Peru.

Northgate Minerals and AuRico Gold have entered into a share exchange of approximately $1.5 billion. The deal has resulted in the creation of a leading intermediate producer, with a strong foothold in Canada and Australia.

IRON ORE US-based Cliffs has acquired Canada’s Consolidated

Thompson for $4.7 billion. Cliffs sought out Consolidated Thompson’s coveted Asian customer in order to expand beyond its largely North American steel-making customer base.

In a sign that the buyer base for mining deals is expanding, Russia’s VTB Capital, the investment business of VTB Group, has acquired Russia-based iron ore producer OAO for $2.5 billion.

Chinese conglomerate Hanlong Mining has acquired Australia’s Sundance Resources for A$1.44 billion. Sundance’s projects span the Republics of Cameroon and Congo. The estimated cost to develop the projects, including the construction of a deepwater port and railway, is in the range of $4.7 billion.

The Steel Authority of India has won the rights to develop an iron ore concession in Afghanistan (the latter was the latest in a series of deals aimed at opening up the country’s mineral resources to regional powers). As part of the deal, the Indian consortium proposed setting up mines and a steel plant in the war-torn country.

The Techint Group, the second-largest steelmaker in Latin America, has agreed to pay $2.8 billion for a 27.7% voting stake in Brazil’s Usinas Siderurgicas de Minas Gerais SA (Usiminas). Usiminas is the largest flat steel producer in Brazil with 9.5 million tonne of crude steel capacity. It has facilities near the main consumers of steel in Brazil and iron ore mines in the Serra Azul region.

With a strong but volatile outlook for the sector, the global mining and metals industry is focussed on future growth through expanded production, without losing sight of operational efficiency and cost optimisation. The sector is also faced with the increased challenges of changing expectations in the maintenance of its social licence to operate, skill shortages, effectively executing capital projects and meeting government revenue expectations.

Collated from PwC India

ENVIOUS DEALS AND ACQUISITIONS

Page 132: Search - September 2012

MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES

132 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Rio Grande project. Similarly, Pilot

Gold was a new company created

to develop 11 residual exploration

projects when Newmont Mining

bought Fronteer Gold. Australia was

the most targeted geography. Coking

coal assets continued to be in demand,

although a number of deals could not

be completed during 2011 primarily

due to strong competition from

Chinese investors.

The need to move quickly on the

decreasing number of goods projects

around the world has also led to more

joint bids than the industry has seen in

several years.

MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...In 2011, a number of aspiring India-

based mining and metals companies

continued to target M&As to sustain

growth and become global

players in their own right.

Despite this, outbound

investment slowed in 2011

with many deals struggling

to be completed. This was

largely due to different

asset valuation expectations and

intense competition, rather than a loss

of appetite for acquisitions.

The largest deal to be completed in

2011 was Vedanta Resources’ increased

stake in Cairn India, bringing its total

investment to 58.5%. While this is not

strictly a mining deal, as Cairn India

is an oil & gas producer, it adds scale

to, and diversifies, Vedanta’s energy

operations. With the exception of the

domestic oil & gas deals, coal remains

the most targeted commodity by the

Indian mining and metals companies,

representing 94% of India’s outbound

investments during 2011. To this,

Anjani Agrawal, Partner and National

Leader – Metals & Mining, Ernst &

Young India, adds, “Urbanisation, the

need to build infrastructure and the

demand for automotives & consumer

goods continue to fuel Indian mining

and metals investment.”

India is the world’s third-largest

coal producer, and although production

has been estimated to increase, it

remains constrained by environmental

regulations. Moreover, the rate of

growth is anticipated to be slower than

the demand, thereby resulting in an

estimated coal shortfall of 142 million

tonne in 2012.

Indian downstream metal

operations continued to attract

inbound investment. While not

many significant deals of this nature

were completed during 2011, JSE

announced that it is looking to increase

its stake in JSW from 14.9% to 24.9%

in order to access the Indian market.

Additionally, the National Mineral

Development Corporation (NMDC)

and Russian steel company Severstal

are jointly developing a steel plant in

India.

While this represents one of the

largest investments in India’s steel

market, it is also likely to bring the

latest steel-making technology to India

and thus motivate the Indian mining

industry to reach newer levels.

RAISING THE CAPITAL Indian borrowers also faced some

of the highest borrowing costs in

2011. Essar Steel reportedly paid

13.4% interest on a $224-million

emerging market investment grade

bond maturing in 2018—the highest

coupon in the sector. The rising

cost of borrowing may impede the

expansion & acquisition ambitions of

India’s mining and metals companies.

In an effort to rein in currency and

inflation pressures, the Reserve Bank

of India has raised its prime lending

rate to 8.5% in last year, in a series of

rate rises over the past year.

In a positive sign, Vedanta

Aluminium closed a $3.6-billion

project finance facility with a syndicate

of over 20 banks—reportedly the

largest loan of its size in India since

1952. The proceeds will be used for

constructing a 1-million tonne per

annum (mtpa) alumina refinery with a

75-MW co-generation captive power

plant at Lanjigarh, and a 1.60-mtpa

aluminium smelter with 1,215-MW

captive power plant at Jharsuguda in

Orissa in Eastern India.

Moreover, India’s IPO market is

also subdued, mirroring the caution

and unfavourable conditions seen in

many markets of the world. There

were just two small-scale new listings

in the sector this year, Vaswani

Industries and Readymade Steel India.

Challenging equity market conditions

have also reportedly impeded the

Indian Government’s ability to

meet ambitious privatisation targets

this year. SAIL

a n d H i n d u s t a n

Copper have deferred

issues of new equity.

POTENT WITH PROSPECTSCoal and iron are likely

to remain the focus of mining

M&As during 2012, although other

commodities, including copper and

zinc, will also be targeted. Indian

companies are likely to continue looking

to Indonesia, Australia and Africa for

growth opportunities, increasingly

opting to acquire outrightly rather

than through off-take agreements.

More domestic consolidation is

expected during 2012 within mid-size

Indian steel companies in the hope of

increasing scale and better positioning

themselves against squeezing margins.

Companies also expect to see more

inbound investment in the steel market,

with Asian steel giants POSCO and

JSW showing an interest in accessing

India’s market potential. This can

potentially lead to the development of

India-based greenfield steel projects.

[email protected]

With inputs from PwC India, KPMG India

and Ernst & Young India

India is the world’s third-largest coal producer, and although production has been estimated to increase, it remains

constrained by environmental regulations. Moreover, the rate of growth is anticipated to be slower than the demand,

thereby resulting in an estimated coal shortfall of 142 million tonne in 2012.

Page 133: Search - September 2012
Page 134: Search - September 2012

GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12

134 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Empowering NationsMining, a venture that requires drilling, blasting, excavation, loading, crushing and conveying of an ore right from the bottom of the earth to the fi nal processed product that comes out of a factory, is one of the most important factors that drives the nations in the present era. Every government tries to invest in and better its mining capabilities so that it helps the nation in its development. Here’s profi ling a list of some of the sector-wise mining ventures happened in the last fi scal year 2011–12.

ALUMINIUMYear 2011 saw 10 deals with a cumulative value of $6.5 bn and an average deal size of $654 mn, as compared

to the sector average of $161 mn. The deal value was largely driven by Norsk Hydro’s acquisition of Vale’s

aluminium assets for $4.9 bn to secure long-term supply of high-quality bauxite. British Petroleum’s

divestment of its non-core business, Arco Aluminium, to a consortium of Japanese companies for $680 mn

was the second largest deal in the sector.

Transaction activities are expected to increase in 2012. Rio Tinto Alcan has announced that it plans to divest or close 13 of its

assets. As aluminium prices in late 2011 and early 2012 are close to the marginal cost of production, it would seem that acquirers

looking to the medium term could become active in the coming year while assets are cheap. China is expected to see producers

consolidate and rationalise costs, potentially through closures.

COALCoal is currently one of the hottest areas for Mergers & Acquisitions (M&As). In 2011, there were 161 deals

either targeting coal or undertaken by coal companies. These deals had a cumulative value of $42.1 bn and an

average size of $261 mn as compared to the sector average of $161 mn. In 2012, there are $18 bn worth of

incomplete coal deals in Australia alone. In 2011, power utilities, steel companies and governments continued

to integrate raw materials in order to manage supply and price risks.

Consolidation in the North American coal market dominated acquisitions, while Indonesia, as well as frontier regions

such as Mozambique and Mongolia, showed significant growth. The next two years promise to provide a supply imbalance

in favour of thermal coal miners. Investors who want to benefit from the strong Chinese demand may look to coal reserves of

Indonesia and Mongolia. On the other hand, those that want to take advantage from the imbalance in the Indian coal sector

may focus on Australia and Indonesia.

Aston Resources and Whitehaven Coal have announced a merger of equals that, along with the purchase of unlisted

Boardwalk Resources, will create a $5-bn Australian coal company. Gloucester Coal has entered into a merger proposal with

Yanzhou Coal Mining Company and its wholly owned Australian subsidiary, Yancoal Australia. Steel and power companies

will continue to integrate into coal to help manage price and supply risk. Looking at 2012 and beyond, it is expected to see

more deals in frontier markets.

COPPERIn 2011, high prices, strong emerging markets demand and constrained mine supply were the major drivers

of deal activity in the copper sector. Despite softness in price, copper still trades at more than double its

marginal cost of production, thereby providing very attractive cash margins. As a result, junior explorers and

miners emerged as prime takeover targets for bigger producers, particularly those looking to expand output

capacity immediately.

The biggest deal during the year was the acquisition of Africa-focussed copper miner, Equinox Minerals, for $7.4 bn by Barrick

Gold. In Chile, Japan’s Mitsubishi Corporation acquired a 24.5% stake in Anglo American Sur for $5.4 bn. Interestingly, Chilean

state-owned Codelco is currently disputing the acquisition by Mitsubishi, based on an option it had to acquire up to 49% of Anglo

American Sur. Rio Tinto’s additional stakes in Ivanhoe Mines for a total $1.8 bn was aimed at gaining greater exposure to Oyu

Tolgoi mine in Mongolia, which is expected to be the world’s biggest copper mine outside of Chile. The year 2012 may well

see even further increase in Rio Tinto’s ownership of Oyu Tolgoi. This deal, together with smaller deals targeting Pakistan,

Papua New Guinea and the Philippines, highlight the growing interest in untapped/high-risk regions to meet the need for

copper supply growth.

Canadian companies were the most active copper acquirers in 2011, completing 45 deals with a total value of $8.6 bn.

Domestic activity dominated Canadian deals, with the majority involving junior miners and explorers. Japan completed two

Page 135: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 135

GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12

GOLDStrong demand and continued high prices may persist in 2012 and beyond. Gold deals were again driven

by consolidation to access new growth and increase market share, with over half of the gold deals targeting

domestic reserves and market share. Russia attracted the top deal by value—Kazakh Gold Group acquired

Polyus Zoloto for $8.4 bn. Faced with limited growth options, major gold producers may increasingly look

to diversify into copper, while maintaining their gold exposure. Barrick Gold closed the second largest gold deal of the year

with its acquisition of copper producer Equinox Minerals for $7.4 bn.

The strange disappearance of much of the gold premium during 2011 has made gold companies comparatively more

attractive than in the previous years. This could also encourage more transactions to be done for cash. It is expected that deal

activity will increase in 2012–13, mostly from transactions involving smaller M&As of equals and the disposals by majors of

non-core holdings.

IRON OREStrong demand and high prices were significant deal drivers, especially during the first half of 2011. Steel

companies and governments are seeking new sources of raw materials in order to manage supply price risks.

For a number of iron ore companies, deals were driven by the need to secure future reserves and achieve

economies of scale for production, as well as spreading costs associated with infrastructure. The largest deal

in 2011 was Cliffs Natural Resources’ $4.1-bn purchase of Consolidated Thompson Iron. This deal highlights the continued

interest in Canada as companies seek to find new resources. Australia, too, remained a favoured destination both for inbound

and domestic activities.

In 2012, deal activity in West Africa is likely to increase as greater political certainty attracts more players to the region,

even though this production will not reach the market until 2015 at the earliest. Steel companies will continue to integrate

into raw materials to help manage price and supply risk. As an alternative way to gain greater off-take, steelmakers are also

likely to become a new infrastructure funding source.

NICKELThe overall deal value increased 62% year-on-year to reach $1.5 bn, while the number of

deals fell by almost a quarter. The larger nickel deals tended to focus on increasing stakes

or taking over entire mining companies, while smaller deals focussed on securing minority

stakes and supply security. The biggest deal was completed when Norilsk Nickel’s subsidiary, Stillwater

Mining, acquired Peregrine Metals in Canada for $387 mn.

It is expected that 2012 transaction activity will remain steady, but low in comparison to other base metals. Expected

restraints on nickel prices means that transactions will be trying to lock in lower cost production via economies of scale or

other synergies. Deals are likely to centre on expanding positions in existing nickel mining regions, along with significant

laterite deposits in countries such as Australia and Canada.

POTASH/PHOSPHATEThe rebound in potash demand was aggressive in 2011 and resulted in CanPotex and Belarus Potash virtually

being sold out of potash by the third quarter of 2011, despite record production by Potash Corporation of

Saskatchewan in the second quarter. In 2011, there were 21 deals either targeting potash or undertaken by

potash companies. These deals were dominated by Russia’s consolidation of Silvinit and Uralkali. The merger

made Uralkali the second largest producer of potash in the world.

After Russia, Canada was the most sought after destination for potash M&As. There is also a growing interest in Africa.

In the Republic of the Congo, China-based Evergreen Industries acquired TSX-listed MagIndustries for $119 mn, in order to

gain access to the Mengo Potash Project. There is also interest in potash projects in Brazil and Saudi Arabia. The long-term

demand fundamentals for potash and phosphate by the fertiliser sector are strong, largely due to population growth, changing

diets, declining arable lands, the need to increase yields and historic under-application of fertilisers.

There continues to be noteworthy exploration in Africa, particularly in the Danakil Basin, extending from Eritrea

southward into Ethiopia. Vale’s project to produce phosphate rock in Mozambique is in the feasibility stage, with estimated

large deals with a total value of $6.1 bn. It is expected to see an increasing number of deals targeting Latin America and

Africa, as these regions account for the majority of potential copper supply. Acquisitions by sovereign interests for resource

security are expected to be a continuing trend.

Page 136: Search - September 2012

GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12

136 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

production capacity of two million tonne per year. Canada’s outlook is also positive with Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan

planning two new mines. On a less positive note, financially troubled Belarus looks poised to sell a stake in state-owned

Belaruskali. As signalled by BHP Billiton’s increasing investment in potash and phosphate, the large global diversified

miners will increasingly look to grow their portfolio exposures to these fertilisers. As such, the companies should expect some

transformational deals over the next few years.

SILVER, LEAD, ZINCGlobal economic uncertainties and the possibility of another recession have led to renewed interest in silver.

Zinc and lead deals have been driven by the need to secure long-term supply and achieve economies of scale.

Nyrstar completed two zinc deals aggregating $979 mn when it acquired Canada’s Farallon Mining and later

Breakwater Resources, thereby securing supply in low-risk jurisdictions. Hindustan Zinc, a unit of Vedanta

Resources, acquired Anglo American Zinc for $1.3 bn. Anglo American Zinc comprises the Skorpion Mine in Namibia, the

Lisheen Mine in Ireland and a 74% interest in Black Mountain Mining in South Africa. It is expected that deals in silver will

continue as it is seen as a ‘safe haven’ commodity. Zinc and lead will also continue to be attractive where integration of mining

and smelting operations provides scale & cost efficiencies. There will be high demand from emerging markets like China and

India in 2012. More strategic joint ventures are expected, as smaller companies look for ways to minimise project risk and

increase access to capital and operational capabilities, especially for companies focussing on emerging and developing silver

projects. As seen in 2009, canny buyers of lead and zinc assets reaped handsome rewards in 2010 when there were concerns

of global economic growth. A similar scenario may well be played out in 2012. Countries with high-grade deposits, such as

Peru and Mexico, are the likely destinations of choice for future deal makers.

STEELMarket and price volatility is a big driver of deals in the steel sector as steelmakers seek to protect margins

and remain competitive. Raw material prices have surged, and, in some cases (for example, when raw materials

have to be imported), can account for up to 70% of the overall costs of goods. The biggest deal in 2011

was the acquisition of 15% of Brazilian niobium producer CBMM for $2.0 bn by a consortium of Chinese

steelmakers and Chinese state-owned investment company, CITIC Group.

In the US, the Renco Group acquired the North American assets of Severstal for $1.2 bn and OneSteel acquired Altasteel

in Canada and Moly-Cop in Chile for $932 mn. The acquisition of Baffinland Iron Mines in Canada by ArcelorMittal and

investment partner Nunavut Iron Acquisition for $514 mn highlights the move upstream into raw materials by steelmakers.

The pending deal between Nippon Steel and Sumitomo Metal will create the second-largest steel producer in the world.

The Chinese sector may consolidate further if the recent decline in steel prices adds impetus to government policy to further

consolidate high-cost Chinese steelmakers. Increasing demand from emerging markets will see an increase in strategic joint

ventures by global steelmakers with players in those markets. It is expected that the excess steelmaking capacity in North

America and Europe may be progressively shut down and most new expansions may take place in Asia and the BRIC

countries.

URANIUMThe uranium sector experienced an uncertain first half of 2011, with deal volumes impacted by the fallout of

the Japanese nuclear disaster. Despite market uncertainty in 2011, a number of large deals were completed.

The largest was Atomredmetzoloto’s (ARMZ) acquisition of Mantra Resources, via its Canada-based

subsidiary, Uranium One, for $981 mn. The Russian company was seeking to secure uranium reserves in

Africa.

The majors will continue to be active, with Rio Tinto completing its $620-mn acquisition of Hathor Exploration in

2012, BHP Billiton proceeding with its Olympic Dam expansion and the accumulation of assets by ARMZ. The Rio Tinto

takeover of Hathor has generated a lot of interest in the highly concentrated global sector. The deal has given Rio Tinto a

foothold in Athabasca Basin, which is already home to many other uranium-mining companies.

The Australian Government’s recent decision to sell uranium to India confirms India’s emergence as a powerful customer.

Time will tell whether the decision by Germany and others to cease development of nuclear power stations will stand up to

energy security issues. The current uncertain environment for uranium will see acquirers seeking to take advantage of this

disconnect between supply fundamentals that, in turn, leads to undervalued companies.

Collated by Prateek Sur with inputs from Ernst & Young India.

Page 137: Search - September 2012

Sear

ch S

epte

mbe

r 20

12 A

d N

ame:

C&

S

Pg N

o. 1

37

Page 138: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: Inventum

Pg No. 138

Page 139: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 139

ROBOTICS IN NUCLEAR FUEL CYCLE

obotics, automation

and remote handling

technologies play a

crucial role in almost

all facets of the nuclear

fuel cycle, such as fuel fabrication,

reactors, fuel reprocessing, In-Service

Inspection (ISI) & repair, Post-

Irradiation Examinations (PIE),

isotope production, etc. The

phenomenal advancements in this

fascinating area have been due to

the various necessities—unique to

the nuclear industry—to reduce the

radiation exposure during handling

operations and technologies required

to facilitate remote inspection of

inaccessible areas of nuclear reactors/

plants or to facilitate remote repair/

refurbishments of operating plants.

FUEL FABRICATIONIn the field of fuel fabrication, robots

and automation are essential to

increase the productivity as well as to

facilitate the inspection of inaccessible

remote locations. The automation of

Non Destructive Examination (NDE)

in the fuel fabrication line results in

significant performance enhancement

in terms of cost, time and efficiency.

Higher productivity and yield could

be achieved in these plants with

augmented automation and inspection

concepts. These could include modern

concepts like ‘intelligent processing’,

where feedback from inspection

could be given to the process for

online correction, thereby achieving

‘zero defect’ concepts. Further, these

concepts also facilitate higher levels of

documentation of critical components

like fuel pellets, end plugs and fuel pins,

among others. These documentations

help in accurately estimating the life

of these components in reactors and

also act as effective tools to take

corrective actions in the fabrication

procedures based on the feedback from

operating experiences.

A field that requires immediate

attention is the thorium fuel cycle—

the third stage of India’s nuclear

energy programme. Since the fission

of U232 results in high radiation levels,

large-scale fuel fabrication using U233

in the thorium fuel cycle will be

possible only if the fabrication facility

is fully automated. Robotics and

automation are the best choices for the

speedy closure of fast breeder reactor

fuel cycle, by way of reprocessing/

re-fabrication of short-cooled fast

breeder reactor fuels.

FUEL REPROCESSING In fuel reprocessing, the current

concepts of automation need to be

augmented for increasing the reliability

and productivity of the plants. The

introduction of rugged automation

concepts with the possibility of

robotic or remote dismantling/repair

capabilities will greatly facilitate the

plant layout that is more structured

and not dependent on the reach

of conventional master–slave

manipulators (MSMs). Reprocessing/

re-fabrication using advanced concepts,

like pyrochemical or pyrometallurgical

methods, is only possible in an

automated manner.

Large-scale waste management of

highly active waste streams is always

RIndia has seen several developments pertaining to automation in atomic reactors. However, considering the developments in this fi eld in countries such as Japan, the US and other European countries, it is clearly evident that there is still scope for much more when it comes to high-temperature sustainable robots, real-time path planning, etc. An innovative development system with a judicious mix of young, senior, academic and research & industry personnel is essential for the speedy implementation of the targeted goals.

Automating the Automating the ATOMIC WORLDATOMIC WORLD

Page 140: Search - September 2012

ROBOTICS IN NUCLEAR FUEL CYCLE

140 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

better done using automated concepts;

for example, the waste immobilisation

by vitrification. Decommissioning

of highly contaminated glove boxes,

reprocessing plant components, reactor

internals, etc., also require advanced

robotic concepts for remote handling

and automation.

ISI and repair of nuclear reactor/

reprocessing plants are some other

challenging areas that require

immediate attention. In case of remote

inspection of the nuclear plants

in service, automated and robotic

inspection techniques allow faster

inspection with accurate & reliable

detection of defects. It is also possible

to size the defects by employing such

methods. It also helps in archiving

the test results/data for future analysis

and interpretation. In fact, the NDE

aided by automation and robotic

systems is key to achieve economy in

design, manufacture, operation & life

extension of components and plants.

A number of such systems & gadgets

have been successfully developed

indigenously in the Department of

Atomic Energy (DAE) and are being

utilised for Pressurised Heavy Water

Reactor (PHWR) coolant channel

inspection, core shroud inspection of

Boiling Water Reactors (BWR), etc.

At Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic

Research (IGCAR), Kalpakkam,

a number of ISI devices have been

successfully developed and deployed

for inspecting reprocessing plants.

Currently, efforts are underway for

developing a remote-controlled robotic

device that can work at an ambient of

1500C. This device, which is nearing

completion, can be deployed to the

narrow inter-space between the main

reactor vessel & the safety vessel and

can perform a number of visual &

NDE checks, where the temperature

at the time of inspection will be 1500C.

The device has a number of state-of-

the-art features for remote navigation,

safe deployment & withdrawal and

high-temperature inspection devices.

In the past, considerable

advancements were made in the

development of remote handling

equipment—starting from low-end

MSM, articulated versions to higher

capacity rugged duty manipulators and

modular three-piece advanced versions.

Servo-controlled manipulators with

large volume reach and moderate

handling capacities have been also

developed and inducted into service.

However, this area requires very special

attention to fulfil India’s third-stage

nuclear vision, by inducting advanced

MSMs of leak tight version, higher

capacity advanced servo manipulators

coupled with remote vision and

perception systems. Such systems are

essential in all areas of nuclear fuel

cycle, such as reprocessing, remote fuel

fabrication, waste management and

PIE among others.

NEED OF THE HOURMany challenging and key areas of

robotics in the nuclear realm require

active participation from academia,

R&D institutions and the industry.

Some key issues are the development

of standardised radiation-hardened

electronic systems, feedback elements

and tactile & vision sensors.

Importantly, artificial intelligence-

based control systems and advanced

instrumentation for process automation

need to be developed. In remote and

automated fuel fabrication, complete

automation assisted by robotic systems

with tactile sensing hands requires to

be implemented. This will include

associated developments in the field of

advanced control and analysis systems

for tele-presence using vision, tactile

& feedback sensors and advanced

instrumentation for remote operation.

Another area that requires

collaboration from academia is the

development of advanced concepts

for hyper-redundant manipulators,

like spine manipulators. The robotic

vision for quality control in automated

transfer lines is to be introduced in

remote and automated fuel fabrication.

In case of robots for rescue operations,

real-time path planning during the

search is vital for the navigation of the

robot and an optimal path planning

strategy involving coordinated motion

of multiple rescue robots need to

be addressed. The key elements in

achieving these challenging goals are

through critical reviews of the evolving

designs and pooling together the

combined experiences in the industry

along with the experimentation &

analysis done by academicians and

researchers. Increased participation of

industries in the design and manufacture

of innovative concepts are essential

for translating the R&D experience

into production. An innovative

development system with a judicious

mix of young, senior, academic,

research and industry personnel are

essential for speedy implementation of

the targeted goals.

KV Kasiviswanathan, Raja Ramanna

Fellow, Outstanding Scientist and

Ex-Associate Director, Indira Gandhi Centre

for Atomic Research Department of Atomic

Energy, Kalpakkam.

[email protected], [email protected]

Nuclear Power Reactors of IndiaPower Stations Location Date of Establishment

Narora Atomic Power Station Narora, Uttar Pradesh January 1, 1991

Rajasthan Atomic Power Station Rawatbhata, Rajasthan December 16, 1973

Tarapur Atomic Power Station Tarapur, Maharashtra October 28, 1969

Kakrapar Atomic Power Station Kakrapar, Gujarat May 6, 1993

Kudankulam Nuclear Power

Plant

Kudankulam, Tamil Nadu November 20, 1988;

Operational on January 14, 2004

Madras Atomic Power Station Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu January 24, 1984

Kaiga Nuclear Power Plant Kaiga, Karnataka November 16, 2000

Page 141: Search - September 2012
Page 142: Search - September 2012

INCREASING EFFICIENCY

142 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

SE ENERGY-EFFICIENT APPLIANCESAn example of an energy-

efficient appliance is

the LED. It has longer

operational life than the conventional

bulbs. It also reduces power

consumption. A properly designed

LED circuit can achieve as high as

80% energy efficiency, as compared

to a compact fluorescent lamp or an

incandescent bulb. Although LEDs

are more costly, the cost will be offset

over time in terms of energy cost

savings and lower maintenance cost.

REPLACE OLD APPLIANCESOld appliances tend to be less energy

efficient, as they were not designed to

be so, or they are no longer in their

optimal working condition. Replacing

them is the best possible option.

At the same time, a careful balance

has to be made between energy

conservation and waste reduction. If

there is a real need to replace your

old appliances, do consider sending

them for recycling. In this way,

some of their recyclable parts can be

re-channelled to make new products.

Also, it is important to get the model

of the correct size and capacity as

oversized or undersized appliances

usually operate inefficiently.

GO FOR TECHNOLOGYInstall switch plate occupancy sensors

or motion detectors. These will

automatically switch off the lighting

when no one is present and switch it

on when people return. However, these

should be installed in places where

it is capable to ‘see’ an approaching

person’s motion.

DESIGN & MATERIAL OF BUILDINGSConsider the design and the materials

used to build an office/facility. Using

insulating materials will help to keep

the temperature within the building

at the desired level, regardless of the

conditions outside. When there is a

need to air-condition multiple rooms/

chambers at the same time, multi-split

units are generally more energy efficient

than separate single-split/ window units.

SELECT THE MACHINES PROPERLYIncreasing efficiency and taking

measures to reduce the amount of

energy that a motor requires can

directly impact the bottom line of

your business. By replacing inefficient

motors with premium efficient motors

equates to significant cost savings over

the life of the motor, not to mention

the additional benefits in terms of

reduced downtime and increased

productivity and reliability.

REGULAR MAINTENANCERoutine & regular maintenance of

various equipment & buildings is a

must. Inspect and patch leaks, clean

or replace air filters, check fan belts,

lubricate motors, pumps & fans,

clean condenser coils and make sure

that refrigeration seals are airtight.

Well-maintained equipment runs

more efficiently, reducing energy

costs and extending the life of the

equipment.

EMPOWER EMPLOYEESHaving a project leader to look after

energy conservation can prove to be a

good idea in the long run. He can form

his own team from every department

to keep a check on the whole system.

These employees can be experts

on motors, water/steam, electricity,

lighting & heating, etc. Training the

employees will make them aware of

the importance of energy efficiency. It

may help to have a Lean Six Sigma

expert to suggest ways to enhance

efficiency.

[email protected]

U

Recently, the country witnessed the worst power outage when three major grids that supply electricity tripped. Nineteen states and more than 600 million people found themselves without electricity. The power crisis also majorly affected the industrial production in 11 states. It reinforces the fact that we need to work towards increasing energy effi ciency. Industries should start adopting various methods for increasing the energy effi ciency in their respective facilities. Here, we discuss some simple steps that can prove to be very resourceful for companies.

Saving Energy = Saving Money

NISHI RATH

Page 143: Search - September 2012
Page 144: Search - September 2012

144 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

FINANCING SMEs

MEs form the backbone

of the Indian economy

and are truly playing a

critical role in driving

the country’s economic

progress. Currently, SMEs account

for 8% of the country’s GDP, 95%

of overall industrial units,

45% of the manufacturing

output and 40% of all

exports in the country.

However, factors such

as high interest rates, difficulties in

availing easier finances and lengthy &

complicated documentation processes

are preventing the growth of SMEs.

Elaborating on some of the challenges

faced by SMEs in this expansion

process, VK Bansal, Executive Director,

Global Small and Medium Businesses

Chamber of Commerce, Industry

and Services, explains that when a

borrower applies for financial support

to banks or other authorised agencies,

he needs to go through a cumbersome

documentation process. In many cases,

proper guidance is not provided to the

borrower while filling these forms. In

the process, he is not able to furnish

all the necessary details, which, in turn,

delays the entire process for availing

loans. Such a scenario is detrimental to

the growth of SMEs in the country.

INTEREST RATES: A MAJOR CONCERNGiven that business activities are

heavily dependent on credit, what is

even more striking is that the interest

rate for securing financial

assistance from banks and

other financial institution

is quite high. In India, a

company is required to pay

an interest rate of about 11–14% based

on the amount it borrows from the

authorised agencies. Commenting on

the role of Global Small and Medium

Businesses Chamber of Commerce,

Industry and Services in making

S ARINDAM GHOSH

SMEs are the engines of a country’s growth, and, so, their development is highly critical. India has about four million SMEs registered with the government, of which, only 4–5% have been able to secure fi nancial support through institutional funding. To help SMEs prosper, there is a lot that needs to be done. Supportive government policies and initiatives by banks and other fi nancial institutions will help this ‘growth engine of a country’ smoothly chug along the path to progress.

India needs to create a ‘level-playing fi eld’ in terms of the interest rates. This, in turn, will lower the fi nancial burden on SMEs and will signifi cantly contribute to their development.

Page 145: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 145

FINANCING SMEs

easier finances available to SMEs,

Bansal states that their institution is a

‘facilitator’. “If required, we also help

companies furnish all the documents

to the banks as per the requirement,”

he adds. “Presently, there are about

four million SMEs registered with

the government. As per industry

estimates, only 4–5% of them have

successfully secured financial support

through institutional funding. The

rest are highly dependent on personal

sources for covering their financial

requirements,” continues Bansal.

One of the biggest differences

between India and other countries

is the ‘rate of interest’, highlights

Bansal. While in other countries it is

somewhere between 3% and 5% (in

European countries, it is about 2%

and in China, the interest rate is about

3–4%), in India, it is in double digits.

Therefore, India needs to

create a ‘level-playing field’

in terms of the interest

rates. This, in turn, will

lower the financial burden

on SMEs and will significantly

contribute to their development.

WHAT THE GOVERNMENT HAS DONE? The government is taking active steps

to smoothen the flow of credit for the

MSME sector in the country. The

Government of India and SIDBI have

set up the Credit Guarantee Fund

Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises

(CGTMSE) with an aim to make

finances available to borrowers.

CGTMSE would strengthen the credit

delivery system and facilitate the flow

of credit to the sector by eliminating

the hassles of collaterals and third-

party guarantee for MSMEs. Under

the initiative, free credit facility has

been extended by eligible institutions

to all new as well as existing SMEs

with a maximum credit cap of `100

lakh. All the public sector banks have

been following these norms.

MANDATORY INITIATIVES Banks are gradually emerging as the

largest financial supporters to the

SME sector in the country. However,

due to lack of awareness, SMEs

remain unaware of the various sector-

friendly schemes. Discussing the steps

required to increase the awareness

levels, Bansal opines that there is a

need for awareness programmes to

educate the firms about the various

existing schemes offered by the banks.

“Banks need to be more responsible and

play a sensitive role for the borrowers,”

he says, adding, “Establishing

proper channels of communication,

especially from banks, will play a

critical role in terms of facilitating

access to credit for borrowers.”

Besides, there is also a need to

increase the scope for credit while

facilitating finance for MSMEs.

Currently, banks thoroughly review

and analyse the financial health

of a company and based on its

study, it assigns them credit ratings.

These ratings enable the lenders to

easily assess the reputation of the

prospective borrower or the company

in the market and enable them to

take decisions accordingly. Further,

on many occasions, these lenders also

consult with credit rating agencies to

help them determine how to structure

and approve the loan to them. Giving

a perspective from the credit rating

agencies, Kritika D Monga, Deputy

Manager – Business Development,

ICRA Ltd, said that the interest rates

benefit varies in the range of 0.25–1%

depending on the ratings issued for a

company by the agency. Additionally,

the government can look to adopt

international practices for lowering

the interest rates. This, in turn, will

come as a huge boost to the growth of

the sector.

STEPS TAKENTo fuel the growth of SMEs in the

country, Global Small and Medium

Businesses Chamber of Commerce,

Industry and Services has planned to

open 25 centres across the country

within the next two years.

Each of these centres will have

a team of experts who will guide

prospective borrowers on how to secure

finances from authorised agencies.

“The services will be available free

of charge,” informs Bansal, adding,

“Though the financial requirement has

to be provided by the banks, we will

try our best to help SMEs smoothly

avail financial assistance. We may also

interact with the bank on their behalf,

if required.”

The body also plans to organise

more events across the country, which

will bring all the lenders and borrowers

together on the same platform. Bansal

explained that the aim of these events

would be to increase the

awareness levels of the

borrowers on the various

schemes that are offered

by banks. They can

compare all the schemes and finalise

on a lender and scheme that best meets

their requirements. It would also give

the lenders an opportunity to extend

their reach.

Many lending institutions, like

Corporation Bank, have pledged to

approve the loans for SMEs in 15

days of receiving the request from

the borrowers. However, the approval

would vary depending on the case.

Elaborating on what State Bank

of India has done to help SMEs

on this front, Punarvasu, Assistant

Manager, State Bank of India,

says, “In terms of offering better

services to our customers, State Bank of

India has opened various SME

branches across the country with a focus

to cater to the needs and requirements

of the SME customer only.”

After all, SMEs are critical to

support the growth of the country, he

thoughtfully concludes.

[email protected]

SMEs account for 8% of the country’s GDP, 95% of overall industrial units, 45% of the manufacturing output and 40% of

all exports in the country.

Page 146: Search - September 2012

INNOVATING PROFITABLY

146 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Best Practices for SuccessBest Practices for Success

TheThe

nnovation has the power

to turn problems and

inconveniences into

profitable elements for a

business. The mightiest

of modern organisations have been

built in a few years only through the

power of information and human

mind. Helping human imagination in

developing creative solutions will be

the secret to success. Innovation can

be seen in every field and every sector.

When the first pre-paid telephone

cards were introduced in Japan, it

was heralded as the best innovation

of the year. It was an example of a

simple innovation offering tremendous

benefits, to both the consumers as well

as the telephone companies.

Innovating continuously is the

need of the hour. However, this will

not happen through mere rhetoric.

An ‘innovation initiative’, which

embraces everyone from the doorman

to chairman, will create a culture of

innovation. This initiative is for those

who are willing to dive in and stay on

the course of a long-term organisational

development intervention. However,

Indian companies have to overcome

many hurdles before they achieve this

goal. Lack of interest in investing

resources for building a culture of

innovation and a certain reluctance

in installing the innovation tools are

some of the big problem areas for the

Indian companies.

Creativity may be, as Plato called

it, a ‘divine madness’. But if you want

practicable innovations to give results,

there needs to be a method to the

madness. It is a fine balance, which

involves taming the crazy idea to suit

the business. The findings about the

Indian brand of innovation reveal

many gaps, which have been discussed

in the book, ‘Innovate Happily’. Each

innovation initiative needs to be tailor-

made to bridge the gaps in the selected

company. Here’s how you can create

a general framework for improving

the ‘innovation quotient’ of your

organisation.

The structure should provide for

sustained, long-term efforts to build

an innovation culture. Two-day

laboratories/seminars are not impactful

enough to create this culture. In the

words of Shekhar Arora, Executive

Director – HR, Ashok Leyland, what

we need is ‘365 days of innovation’.

The process of building a safe,

nurturing climate has to start from the

top. Every participant has to become

aware of the verbal, tonal and non-

verbal innovation landmines that lie

Consistent innovation leading to profi tability is what corporate India needs. There are no limits to the possibilities of the human mind. “Microsoft’s only factory asset is the human imagination,” wrote Frank Moody, the New York Times Magazine writer. Corporations that adopt innovation as a way of life never need to compete. Theirs is the path where no one has gone before—the path that leads to untold success.

I

It was observed that elephants dragging logs in the jungles of Assam were returning with oily muck on their legs. This led to the discovery of oil reserves in the state—an excellent example of fortuitous innovation.

FORTUITOUS INNOVATION

Page 147: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 147

INNOVATING PROFITABLY

buried in the existing culture, waiting

to blow up new ideas.

An even more important aspect of

an initiative is installing the thinking

tools. Every employee should learn

and practice the tools, which form the

foundation of innovation. Their regular

practice and use in meetings can make

generating and taming of new ideas

an everyday occurrence. Thinking tools

are not an occasional indulgence. They

need to become the oxygen of the

corporate existence. Here is a blueprint

for an innovation initiative.

1FORTUNE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PYRAMID

“I consider constraints as a source

of innovation. I believe in fortune

at the bottom of the pyramid,” said

Ravi Venkatesan, Former Chairman

and Corporate VP, Microsoft India.

The biggest challenge is cost. As an

example of finding fortune at the

bottom of the pyramid, Microsoft

has created computers with five mice

instead of one mouse per computer

for rural schools. It has also created

a computer that 10 people can share,

which provides the additional benefit of

learning to work as a team. Moreover,

a split screen makes it easy for people

to work on different problems at the

same time. Such innovations have

reduced the cost of access.

Then, there is the problem of

language. Many people do not

speak English, and therefore

Windows is now available

in 14 languages—another

example of innovation.

2CREATE INCUBATORS FOR INNOVATION

Harsh Mariwala, Chairman

and MD, Marico Industries,

believes that spreading the message of

innovation should be part of corporate

social responsibility as innovation can

build the nation. Innovation flourishes

in an open and empowering culture.

“We give a new business idea to a team

and empower them to implement it.

We then remove the escape button,”

said Mariwala. Just like the Greek

leader who burnt all the boats and

bridges once his army was on the

enemy territory. This meant that his

force was infused with a do or die

attitude. There was no way back.

The only way forward was victory.

Companies should also follow a similar

path for encouraging innovation.

Mariwala explained, “We are driven

by our concern for the environment

and preventive natural good health.

To us, a customer is a person with

constantly rising aspirations. Our

suppliers are our partners in business.”

“The idea is first incubated in an

Incubation Cell. They report directly

to me for two years. It is dismantled

once their role is complete. Today,

for example, the Kaya Skin Clinic is

a flourishing new business. Each of

my product teams identifies their

innovation agenda as part of strategic

planning,” informed Mariwala

when discussing the procedure for

encouraging innovation at Marico

Industries, further adding, “We believe

in orbit shifting innovation. To be

acceptable, innovation should translate

into cash flow. We have experienced

that in our company.”

3BUILD THE YOUNG EXECUTIVES SYSTEM

When Ramaswamy Seshasayee,

CEO, Ashok Leyland, found that

young executives at Ashok Leyland

felt alienated at times by the legacy

system and red tape, he came up with

a comprehensive Young Executives

System (YES). Ashok Leyland,

championed by the redoubtable team

of Arora and Kalpana Ganesh, Head

– Organisation Development, has

created an efficient youth organisation

with its own website to share ideas,

sometimes directly with the CEO.

They were given the responsibility to

come up with a budget. They were

also involved in creating a model

truck. Both tasks were concluded with

huge benefits, further affirming the

importance of innovations.

4TRANSFORM SPECTATORS INTO PARTICIPANTS

Another example of innovation is

that of Tata Steel, Jamshedpur, which

saved `700 crore merely by turning

the whole population of the town

into participants. B Muthuraman,

MD, Tata Steel, speaks about their

programme ‘Manthan Ab Shop Floor

Se’, which means churning

the energies of the shop floor.

Every few weeks, workers from

different departments, apart

from management (except

facilitators), get together for

a three-hour meeting. These

worker-driven gatherings

have spawned hundreds of

innovations that are rewarded

at the ‘Innovation Exhibition’,

where the workers also get to

talk about their work to Ratan Tata,

Chairman, Tata Group.

5MAKE YOUR PRODUCT EXCITING FOR CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES

Naina Lal Kidwai, one of the most

powerful women of corporate India,

Let’s dream and dream big. Let’s change the world. Let’s have a high tolerance for failure, as fear for failure discourages people from trying. Curiosity has no genetics, nationality or gender bias; therefore, people should be free to explore and innovate.

DREAM BIG, BE FREE

Nurturing

Reinstating

Stimulating Sustaining

Innovation development cycle

Page 148: Search - September 2012

INNOVATING PROFITABLY

148 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

opined, “Innovation is the key!”

The HSBC Bank Branch at Flora

Fountain, Mumbai, seems to be a

hot spot for out-of-the-box thinking.

The 35,000-strong workforce with an

average age of 30 craves change and

innovation. “The worst thing we can

do is shut them out. They believe in

themselves, they are so passionate about

their ideas. They need to know where

the idea is going. Just generating ideas

is not enough!” emphasised Kidwai.

Her ideas on innovation are

interesting. “One needs to be able

to generate ideas, grow them and

finally disengage from them when the

time comes!” It reminds one of good

parenting. Nurture the baby, help it

grow and finally, let it go! And the last

may be the toughest!

Among some innovations that

help the employees, especially new

employees, bond with the bank are

‘New Employee Induction Roadmaps’,

also called the ‘Jungle Book’. Then,

there are a lot of other employee-fun

activities, such as ‘Treasure Chest’,

‘Holi’, ‘Dilwalla’ and ‘Heroes Day’,

among others. Employees are urged to

play the lead, play to win, think beyond

the possible and speed forward together.

Customers too can look forward to an

unusual experience at the bank. The

bank is not a branch, but a mall. There

are Saturday surprises that include food

and ice creams for visitors. There is a

charity sale as well. NGOs sell their

products at the bank. All festivals call

forth decoration and celebrations.

There is a ‘May I help you?’ desk, and

a special lounge to give high-net-worth

individuals an extraordinary experience.

This is presided over by a relationship

manager.

6FOCUS ON MARKETS IGNORED BY OTHERS

“Empowering people is the most

effective way to create profitable

companies,” stated R Thyagarajan,

Founder and Chairman, Shriram

Group of Companies. He brought

workers into management and spent

a lot of time with them. His methods

are simple:

Cut out all non value-added

activities

Engage each worker, including the

contract labours, by uniting them

for a common cause.

The company decided to focus on

truck operators, whom no one wanted

to deal with, and considered them

as financial partners. They collect

no collateral. Elaborating on the

procedure, Thyagarajan said, “We help

them develop the business because we

are co-creators of value. We give truck

operators a vision for themselves. We

treat them with respect. We support

schools for drivers. We support AIDS

prevention with the Melinda & Bill

Gates Foundation. We try to deal with

their total credit needs. And we are

rewarded with total loyalty!”

7BE A GOOD CORPORATE CITIZENRana Kapoor, Founder, MD

& CEO, Yes Bank, focusses on

knowledge banking. The bank has

utilised the domain knowledge of its

customers for its further growth. For

example, industries have financial

products created by industry experts.

An agricultural expert with core

knowledge of the field helps the bank

create financial products for this core

sector. The whole banking process of

Yes Bank has an unusual sustainability

model, with the business focus being

people, planet and profit, instead of

profit, profit and profit. The bank

believes in responsible banking. Its

Key Elements Of An Innovation InitiativeStimulating Nurturing Sustaining Reinstating

Identify people to be

included in innovation

initiatives

Officially recognise

the teams and scope of

activity

Schedule presentation

for top management

Start a Minds’ Power

Club to meet once a

month

Give innovation awards

Communicate the

results of innovation

initiative

Help in selecting

projects for creative

problem solving

Provide a budget

Organise innovation

symposiums

Celebrate good ideas

Prepare reports and

publish success stories

Have annual awards for

best teams

Make available teams

to work on projects

Provide space and time

for innovation spirals

to meet

Use the innovation club

for self-development

Name master

innovators

Top management’s

approval and support

Mentors to help solve

organisational hassles

Have a 52-week

programme on

innovation

Have a series of

tests that can lead to

create learning sets as

thinking tools

Develop a game plan

keeing in mind the

time, cost and staffing

parameters

Provide common

facilities centre

Persuade everyone to

use Innovation Tools

Create an office

for development of

innovation, with

representation on the

Board

Evolve new processes

to suit local conditions

Coach regularly through

verbal, written and

visual communication

Have a problem bank

from where participants

can take up problems

to hone up their skills

The innovation

chief should be

senior, qualified and

charismatic enough to

sell his/her ideas

Train and empower

problem owners or

champions

Provide means of

communication across

the organisation:

intranet, open house,

e-newsletters, etc.

Reward small successes

Provide counselling by

an expert for teams to

organise innovation

forums

Provide a consultant’s

support

Top management to

provide support

Page 149: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 149

INNOVATING PROFITABLY

model for sustainable investment

banking has resulted in creating a bank

for the poor.

8DO NOT BENCHMARK: BE THE BENCHMARK

A start-up with five people and with

an investment of `10,000, Infosys has

now grown into a $3-billion company

with 90,000 people. S Gopalakrishnan,

CEO and MD, has the peaceful air

of a corporate yogi. He said, “Infosys

has to innovate to meet the needs of

the new emerging markets—India and

China—with more than two billion

people whose rising expectations have

to be met. Products have to be created

for this market. We can learn from the

mistakes of the developed and mature

economies. We can start on a much

higher platform, without repeating the

mistakes they had made!”

He emphaised that we need to create

benchmarks for the world, instead

of following the benchmarks created

by it. According to him, “Indians are

content with small improvements.

They are afraid to think global or about

the quantum changes that innovation

is all about. We are restricted by the

modesty of our dreams, the poverty

of our aspirations. It is this lack of

confidence that stands in the way

of our becoming a world

power.” He echoed the

words of the German CEO

of the Indian business in

Alcatel, “Indian engineers do

not have the confidence to

differ from their European clients, to

go beyond the brief, to question status

quo. That is why their products lack

the originality that only a confident

dissent can create.”

9SIMPLICITY IS THE KEYKirloskar has used simpler methods

and technologies to move towards

greater technological complexities.

Earlier, the company used to

buy outdated technology from

multinationals. But now, it has become

one of the most successful players in

the area of water management.

Replacing metal pumps with

practically unbreakable concrete pumps,

Kirloskar has created long-lasting

systems. Illustrating their contribution

to the agricultural operations of Laos,

Alok Kirloskar recalled, “Six years ago,

the rice economy of Laos was bad. We

provided them with a unique system of

pump sets that could be mounted on

boats. This helped the country produce

a rice surplus in 2005–06.”

10SLIMMER THAN THE BEST: THE COMPETITIVE EDGE

“It cannot be done!” said the Swiss

watch makers. In the watch industry,

the Swiss are the ultimate court of

appeal. However, the way the Titan

Watches produced Edge, the world’s

slimmest water-resistant watch, is

a lesson in persistent and patient

problem-solving innovations. It was

an example of an Indian company’s

refusal to give up. However, there were

many challenges in the way, such as:

Instilling self-confidence in the team

Ensuring buy-in from key people

The engineering challenge. When

everyone heard that the Swiss could

not do it, the virus of self-doubt

became rampant. This was

overcome by the infectious

confidence of the top management.

Watch manufacturers, in the past,

were prone to copy the technology

from other companies. Since the

1950s, Indian companies had

never manufactured a watch all by

themselves. From 1992,

Titan started to attempt to

break this trend. The Edge

was the result of a

c lose co l l abora t ion

between manufacturing,

t e c h n o l o g y a n d

research teams. The challenge was to

create a watch that was delicate as well

as tough enough to face the challenges

of daily wear. It is one of India’s major

product innovations, putting us on the

world map!

These 10 ideas can create an

ecosystem and a culture that can make

innovation thrive in a company.

Dr Rekha Shetty, Author of best-sellers

‘Innovate Happily’ and ‘The Happiness Quotient’

Email: [email protected]

Innovation is taking interesting ideas and transforming them into usable solutions for business problems.

Innovation is about transformation. Imagine a block of ice. It is cold, solid and transparent. However, it does not remain a block of ice forever; it melts and fl ows. If you heat it, it boils; if you keep heating, it becomes airborne by taking the form of steam. Add pressure and the steam can rotate turbines to generate power.

To resolve all problems, analyse men, material, machinery, methods, markets and money. The ‘6M’ is both a template and a blueprint to generate new ideas.

The innovation process means problem statement, idea generation, incubation, analysis and implementation.

Do not be afraid to ask questions even if it makes you look ignorant—nobody is expected to know everything.

Happy communities can happen only when people stop being selfi sh and start working together to solve each other’s problems.

Every day, each of us should work on Making Things Better (MTB), so that we become a nation of problem solvers rather than a country of problem creators.

Life is the greatest guru. Learn from it. Get rid of what is not divine, just as one has to get rid of all the extra marble in a block to make a beautiful statue.

Do not be a victim of ‘hurry sickness’. Wait till your soul catches up with your body.

INNOVATE HAPPILY MANTRAS

An ‘innovation initiative’, which embraces everyone from the doorman to chairman, will create a culture

of innovation. This initiative is for those who are willing to dive in and stay on the course of a long-term

organisational development intervention.

Page 150: Search - September 2012

150 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A U G U S T 2 0 1 2

THE ALL NEW JCB 3DX BACKHOE LOADER

s part of the company’s

expansion plans, JCB

India, the country’s

largest manufacturer

o f con s t ru c t i on

equipment, has recently launched

the company’s all new ‘JCB 3DX’

backhoe loader. The move is aimed at

helping the company further strengthen

its grip on the market. The machine

will be developed at JCB India’s

backhoe manufacturing facility—

the world’s largest—at Ballabgarh,

Haryana. Speaking on the occasion,

Vipin Sondhi, MD & CEO, JCB

India, said, “With one out of every two

machines sold in the construction and

earthmoving sector being a JCB, the

company aims to create new markets

by foraying into new territories as well

as give the best possible rate of return

for our customers. This machine will

perhaps do just that.”

ECONOMIC & EFFICIENT The all new JCB 3DX is highly

versatile. It ensures 20% lower fuel

consumption in excavation activities,

which will result in fuel savings worth

`2.25 lakh per annum at the current

diesel prices. This feature makes the

machine one of the most fuel-efficient

backhoe loaders available in the market.

JCB further says that the machine is

able to perform 25% more work per

litre of fuel and also ensures 20%

higher output per hour. It is powered

by JCB’s 76 HP ‘ecoMax’ engine—an

in-house developed system.

ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNEDThe new equipment has been

ergonomically designed with 20%

more cabin space keeping in mind

the requirement of the operator. It

has been provided with a new brake

linkage system to ease braking effort

by the operator. Also, its small turning

radius makes the machine turn quicker,

thereby ensuring more productivity in

the loading cycle. It is also fitted with

power track steering rod system for

equal turn steering and quick response

with less operating force for smooth

and easy manoeuverability.

AFTER-SALES SUPPORTWith a network of 57 dealers and

over 430 outlets spread across the

country, coupled with the company’s

highly trained service engineers, JCB

offers good after-sales support to all

its machines. It also runs Operator

Training Schools for conducting

various training programmes for

operators. The machine offers the best

return on investment for customers

and has the best resale value.

[email protected]

AJCB India’s recent launch, the all new ‘JCB 3DX’ backhoe loader, aims to deliver better economics to its customers. With benefi ts such as ensuring 20% lower fuel consumption in excavation activities—which will result in fuel savings of ̀ 2.25 lakh per year at the current diesel prices—this new-generation machine is certainly economical and effi cient.

AnEARTHMOVING achievement!

ARINDAM GHOSH

Vipin Sondhi, MD & CEO, JCB India, with the company’s all new JCB 3DX backhoe loader.

Page 151: Search - September 2012
Page 152: Search - September 2012

152 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

NEW LAUNCHES

This section gives information about products, equipment and services available in the market. If you know what you want. . .refer to Product Index on Page 202 to find it quickly

� ROTARY VANE OIL FREE VACUUM PUMPS

Minivac RVD &

MVC series of oil

free vacuum pump

direct coupled/ belt driven &

monobloc vacuum pumps

mounted on common base

frames. Th ese are compact in

size, vibration free & hence

can be mounted inside the

machines. Th ese attain maximum vacuum levels up to 25” of Hg &

capacities range from 50 Lpm to 2000 Lpm. Use of imported

graphite vane give advantage of prolonged vane life, silent

operation & reduces wear & tear on stator.

Th ese are useful in many applications like capsule printing

machines & other pharmaceutical machineries, packaging/ labeling

machines, screen printing/ plate making, book binding/ folding

machines, vacuum chucking etc.

Shree Siddhi Vinayak Industries

Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,

Off. Western Express Highway, Post-Mira,

Dist: Thane-401 104.

Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.minivacpumps.com

� 3 PHASE HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL VACUUM CLEANERS

BLOWTECH off ers highly

sophisticated range of industrial

vacuum cleaners to suit all industrial

applications. All the models are available in

powder coated mild steel, partial SS &

complete stainless steel constructions.

Vacuum cleaners are built on sturdy trolleys

& supplied with various accessories & fi lter

options including HEPA to suit diff erent

industrial applications in textile, food,

pharmaceuticals, wood-working, engineering and electronics

industries. Th ey are equipped with high effi ciency primary cyclone

separators with secondary separators as cartridge fi lters/ bag fi lters.

Th ese are also available for wet & dry applications. Th ese are also

modifi ed for complete wet handling systems for extraction of

machine coolants & swarf separation.

BLOWTECH

Row House No.2, Om Balaji Heights,

Near Ramdev Park, Mira Road (East),

Dist.Thane-401107.

Tel. fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.vacuumcleanerindia.com

� CHEMICAL RESISTANT DIAPHRAGM VACUUM PUMPS

Chemical Resistant

Diaphragm pump are

the best suited oil free

vacuum option for laboratory

& pilot scaled application.

Typical applications for

Chemical Resistant diaphragm

pumps include evacuating

chemically aggressive gases

and vapors from such equipment as rotary evaporators, vacuum

drying cabinets and centrifugal concentrators. Most importantly,

diaphragm pumps are oil-free, for vastly reduced service demands

compared with oil-sealed pumps. Th ey eliminate the water waste of

water-jet aspirators, and the contaminated waste-oil disposal of

rotary vane pumps.

Th e diaphragms are available in various options of materials like

EPDM, neoprene, viton & tefl on coated neoprene rubber. Th ese

vacuum pumps are available in the range of 15 lpm to 33 lpm

generate a maximum vacuum of 30Torr. Chemical resistant vacuum

pumps are supplied with 3phase fl ame-proof motors also.

Sri Vishnu Pumps Mfg. Co.

19A, Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,

Behind Kashimira Police Stn., Post Mira,

Dist. Thane-401104.

Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.minivacpumps.com

Page 153: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 153

NEW LAUNCHES

� SLIMLINE RELAY

In today’s high-tech world it has become

inevitable that control panels will

progressively reduce in size, forcing us to

do a lot more in a lot less space. Connectwell

brings you the right solution to such

problems in the form of Slim Relays for

switching and control applications.

Conventional Relay Modules occupy about 25 mm per channel

but with Slim Relays the same can be achieved in just 6 mm.

Th ey come with the additional benefi ts like being absolutely

modular and din rail mountable.

Th is is what we at Connectwell call sensible switching ...

Th ese Slimline Relays are available in the following three

variants:

A. 1 CO Electro-Mechanical Relay are available with input

voltages of 5, 12, 24, 48 VDC with a contact rating upto 6A @

250 VAC (or 30 VDC)

B. 1 NO DC in - DC out Solid State Relays are available with

input voltages of 5, 12, 24, 48 VDC with a contact rating upto 4

A @ 30 VDC

C. 1 NO DC In - AC Out Solid State Relays are available with

input voltages of 5, 12, 24 VDC with contact rating upto 2 A @

380 VAC

Connectwell Industries Pvt. Ltd.

D-7, Phase-2, M.I.D.C.,

Page 154: Search - September 2012

154 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

NEW LAUNCHES

� MINIVAC SIDE CHANNEL VACUUM PUMPS & COMPRESSORS (TURBINE BLOWERS)

These are designed to

suck or to compress

air / gases / non-

explosive air mixtures. Th ese

are absolutely oil free with air

fl ow capacities range from 42

to 1100 m3/ hr with

maximum vacuum up to 500

mbar & maximum pressure up

to 550 mbar.

Th ese are light weight due to Al construction & having 100% oil

free non pulsating continuous air fl ow. Th ese pumps/ blowers

require practically zero maintenance & are having silencers on both

suction as well as discharge ports.

Th ese are useful in many applications like pneumatic conveying

systems, industrial vacuum cleaners, electroplating industries like

hot dip galvanising, oxy-generation in aquariums/ fi sheries, air

feeds to industrial ovens & burners, printing & paper handling, air

Dombivli - 421 204, India.

Tel.: +91 251 3980 600, 3980 700

Fax: +91 251 3980 700

[email protected]

www.connectwell.com

Page 155: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: OSG Pg. 155

Page 156: Search - September 2012

Search September 2012 Ad Name: Sachi Pg. 156

Page 157: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 157

NEW LAUNCHES

� 2500 AMP ACB PANEL

TTh e function of this

panel is to make energy

distribution safer,

minimise maintenance cost and

reduce installation time.

Deep Automation

Plot No-E-60,

S.G.M. Nagar,

N.I.T. Faridabad-121001

Haryana

Tel: 0129-4056729

Mob: 09873671946

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.deepautomation.in

pollution monitoring equipments, dental suction equipments etc.

For further information contact:

Shree Siddhi Vinayak Industries

Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,

Post-Mira, Dist: Thane-401 104.

Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.minivacpumps.com

Page 158: Search - September 2012

158 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PUMPS & VALVES

� VERTICAL MULTISTAGE INLINE PUMPS

OSWAL Vertical Multistage lnline

Pumps are suitable for a variety of

applications from pumping of

potable water & chemicals, which comes with

various pump sizes and various numbers of

stages to provide the fl ow and pressure

required.

Its applications include water treatment,

ultra-fi ltration system, reverse osmosis system,

softening, ionising, de mineralising systems,

distillation systems, separators, swimming baths; water supply,

fi ltration and transfer at waterworks, distribution from waterworks,

pressure boosting in mains, pressure boosting in high rise buildings

& hotels; industries, pressure boosting system, process water

system, washing and cleaning systems, vehicle washing tunnels, fi re

fi ghting systems; liquid transfer, cooling and air-conditioning

systems, boiler feed and condensate systems, machine tools (cooling

lubricants); irrigation fi eld irrigation (fl ooding), sprinkler

irrigation, drip-feed irrigation. Nominal fl ow rate is 1 15 m3/h with

pressure bar up to 23 Kg/cm2, with pump effi ciency up to 72%. It is

available in various material versions according to the pumped

liquid. Series OCR in Cl, OCRI in AISI 304 and OCRN in AISI

316 grade.

Oswal Pumps Limited

Oswal Estate, NH-1, Kutail Road, P.O. Kutail-132 037,

Distt. Karnal, Haryana

Tel: +91-184-6616600 (30 Lines) +91-1748-257701-04

Fax: +91-1748-257700

Email: [email protected]

Web: http://oswalpumps.com, www.oswalpumps.co.in

� PTFE LINED VALVES

Fluoropolymer FEP,

PFA, PTFE, lined

SGI/ WCB/ SS

pipes, valves and fi ttings

are off ered using technical

knowhow and raw

materials for appropriate

application of the resin for

successful results with international quality for the chemical

industry. Features are low co-effi cient of friction, chemical

inertness, non-toxic approved by international food & drugs

regulatory authorities, non-infl ammable, self-sealant, excellent

weathering resistant, zero water absorption, etc.

Supremo Line & Control

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: +91-079-22205282

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.supremoproduct.com

Page 159: Search - September 2012
Page 160: Search - September 2012

160 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PUMPS & VALVES

� VALVE SENSOR

The UVS 610 valve sensor

allows partial discharge

(PD) measurements to be

conducted in liquid-insulated power

transformers. Th e PD sensor is

inserted into a power transformer

through the vent of the oil drain

valve. Used with a UHF converter, the UVS 610 is connected to the

MPD 600 measuring system. A useful scale on the slide-rod

ensures that the device is correctly inserted into the oil drain valve.

Partial discharge measurements in high frequency ranges are

conducted inside the tank of a power transformer. Th is ensures a

more sensitive detection of partial discharges.

OMICRON Energy Solutions Pvt Ltd

New Delhi,

Tel: +91-011-47151234

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.omicron.at

� CUTTING VALVES

These cutting valves enable longer production runs resulting

in increased production of parts. Th ese are very compact,

lightweight design allows the valves to be placed closer

Page 161: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 161

PUMPS & VALVES

together for greater versatility. Th e new stems deliver greater

performance for longer production runs with many on-off cycles.

Six stainless steel springs increase reliability and production and

the compact design enables close stacking of the cutting head.

Karolin Machine Tool (KMT) Pvt Ltd

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-022-28572494

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.kmt-waterjet.com

� VALVE

The size ranges from 1”

to 8” (25 mm to 200

mm), the material of

constructions is CI to IS 210

Gr.FG 200 and the operation

is manually handle wheel

operated. Th e sleeve is of

neoprene, nitrile or as per one’s

requirements. Th e working

condition is 150 PSI at max

150 degree. Th e end

connection is of fl anged end

and the fl anged is as per BS 10

table D or as specifi ed by one’s

Page 162: Search - September 2012

162 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PUMPS & VALVES

requirement. Th e top body and bottom body is made of cast iron,

stem is SS AISI 410, the stem bracket is M.S, gland, bracket and

hand wheel is made of cast iron.

M Kumar Technocrates

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: +91-079-27540287

Mob: 9898114242

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.amtechvalves.net

� GATE VALVE

This knife gate valve features non sliding

motion, avoid sliding contact between

body & gate enables the fl ushing of media

from the valve interior. Bottom edge of the gate

(knife edge) allows the tight shut off even when

solid particles settle at the bottom of the body. A

wide variety of hardened trim options are available

for the gate, seat and wear ring. Knife gate valve is

a unidirectional valves & bidirectional valves. Th e

operation is manually operated, gear operated, pneumatic,

hydraulic or motorised actuator operated.

M Kumar Technocrates

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Page 163: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 163

PUMPS & VALVES

Tel: +91-079-27540287

Mob: 9898114242

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.amtechvalves.net

� PLASTIC FLAP LOADED FOOT VALVE

The new range of plastic fl ap

loaded foot valve is most

popular due to its friction-free

low coast design. It is gives better linear

fl ow of water in suction lines than CI

foot valves. Th ese products exhibit some

of the distinguished features, like

durability, friction free design, corrosion resistance, leakage-proof

and dimensional accuracy. Technical specifi cations include standards

as per IS:10805:1986 of BIS, thread as per IS:554:1985 of BIS, body

test pressure at 0.5 MPa, seat test pressure at 0.02 MPa, normal bore

size 21/2” and 3” (65 mm and 80 mm), and materials of construction:

PP body, PP strainer, and PVC washer.

Arti Products

Rajkot, Gujarat

Tel: +91-0281-2388908

Mob: 09428155144

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.artiproducts.in

Page 164: Search - September 2012

164 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PUMPS & VALVES

� PNEUMATIC CYLINDER VALVE

The Y-type angled pneumatic

cylinder valve is used for process

control application. Th is valve is

used for on/ off application to control

steam, water, coolants, air, gas and light

oil at line pressure up to 10 bar. Th e

actuator is pneumatic cylinder-type with

pressed stainless steel. It is available in

sizes ranging from ½” to 2” bsp with 2

way and 3 way investment casted body.

Th e valve fi nds application in pharmaceutical machinery, textile

dyeing machinery, air-drying equipment, autoclaves, automobile

industry and automatic process control applications.

Madho Controls Pvt Ltd

Thane, Maharashtra

Tel: 022-2588 3252

Mob: 09820066046

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.madhocontrols.com

� PNEUMATIC VALVE

The valve is pneumatic controlled with vertical actuator that

is usually supplied with DIN-SMS-IDF union.

Construction features include, choice of materials and

hygienic concept of SPF valves, which makes the valves suitable for

Page 165: Search - September 2012
Page 166: Search - September 2012

166 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

PUMPS & VALVES

use in sectors where hygiene is

indispensable. Th e pneumatic valve meets a

wide range of applications in dairy, food,

pharmaceutical and chemical industries.

Sri Pumps & Fittings Industrial Corporation

Rajahmundry, Andhra Pradesh

Tel: 0883-242 6845

Mob: 9440868551

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.sripumps.com

� LIQUID CONTROL VALVES

The pilot-operated liquid

control valves are specially

design for liquid service.

Th ese valves are so designed that by

providing diff erent combination of

pilot arrangement the valves can be

used for various types of functions,

like on-off , pressure reducing,

pressure relief, fl ow control, pump

bypass, non-return, etc. Th e liquid controls valves conforms the seat

leakage in class VI of ANSI B 16.104 and are available up to size of

16” in the fl anged end to ANSI class 150 and 300 with temperature

range up to 220°C maximum.

Page 167: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 167

PUMPS & VALVES

Brightech Valves & Controls Pvt Ltd

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: 91-079-22902911

Mob: 09426055442

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.brightechvalves.com

� BALL VALVE

This ball valve comes with

pneumatic rotary actuator. Th e

valve is of on/off type with

screwed, fl anged, socket weld, tri-clover

end in three-piece design. It is available in

SS-304 and SS-316 investment castings

and is fi tted with double-acting pneumatic

rotary actuator that operators through

90-degrees angular movements of ball

valve or butterfl y valves. Pneumatic actuator is mounted directly on

the shaft of the valve. Th e actuator is supplied with solenoid valve

mounted on it. It is available in diff erent sizes up to 4” to control

fl uids such as steam, chemicals, oil, air, and water.

Madho Controls Pvt Ltd

Thane, Maharashtra

Tel: 022-2588 3252

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.madhocontrols.com

Page 168: Search - September 2012

168 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MINING

� GOLIATH CRANES

The single girder and

double girder Goliath

cranes conform to

IS:807-1976, IS:3177-1977,

IS:3938-1983 and IS:4137-1963

wherever applicable. Th ese cranes

are manufactured up to 50 ton

capacity and for 40 m span.

Grabbing cranes are designed to suit indoor or outdoor location and

can also be supplied with grab buckets, electromagnets. Goliath

cranes are designed to run on forged steel wheels running on

L-type housing on anti-friction roller bearings. Th ese cranes are

suitable for control from fl oor, by means of pendant controller or

from the driver’s cabin by means of master controller or through

radio remote control.

Elmech Engineers

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: 022-2352 1798/2710

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.elmechengineers.com

� WALL CONSOLE CRANES

The wall console cranes can slide

horizontally along a track on the

wall. Th e girder can reach up to

10 meters, and loads can be lifted up to

20 meters. Such features allow the wall

console cranes to squeeze into the

tightest assembly line, warehouse, or

other industrial area. Th ree end

carriages work together for a stable and

balanced crane. Steel girders ensure

strength and painting resists corrosion over the life of these

systems.

Konecranes India Pvt Ltd

Pune, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-020-40047470

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.konecranes.com

� FLOOR CRANE

The fl oor crane has load-lifting

capacity of up to 1000 kg,

hook lift up to 8 feet from

ground level, and boom length up to 5

feet. It is hand pump and power

operated. Th e crane is widely used in

various industries, like plywood,

laminated sheets, ceramics, paper

lamination, plastic moulding,

Page 169: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 169

MINING

packaging, automobiles, rubber moulding, textile, pharmaceutical,

etc. Th e fl oor crane is also used in rack storage systems and

container loading.

Hydro Mech Engineers

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: 91-079-25890771

Mob: 09825019905

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.hydromech.in

� EOT CRANES

The rational structure of the crane is of box construction

adequately designed and reinforced by stiff ening ribs. It is

connected

with bridge

trolley, which is

moved by motors,

coupled up with

speed reducers.

Th e crab carriage

is in steel section.

It comprises of special crane duty motor, connected to speed

reducers and is coupled to a grooved steel drum. Electromagnetic

brakes are used to control the smooth lifting of weight. AC drive is

also provided (on demand) for smooth operation of long travel. Th e

Page 170: Search - September 2012

170 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MINING

hook is equipped with a forged steel forked revolving hook. Wire

rope is of 6 x 37 construction.

Friends Engineering Works

Udaipur, Rajasthan

Tel: 91-294-2492200, 91-294-2494379

Mob: 09829042424

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.friendseng.com

� LIFT GOLIATH CRANE

This unique special type goliath crane has with 12 tonne

lifting capacity. It has a 180 m lift with 20 m span that

includes a hoisting speed of 25 m/min. Th e crane can be

used for lifting and shifting of blusted muck through bucket with

openable gate at the bottom. It can be used for transportation of

steel ribs for shaft up to 180 m deep. It can also perform all

activities from ground level to 180 m deep shaft, including

transferring of loader/ JCB/ BOBcat for loading of muck in the

bucket.

Century Crane Engineers (P) Ltd

Faridabad, Haryana

Tel: +91-0129-4048863

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.centurycranes.com

Page 171: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 171

MINING

� ALUMINIUM CRANE SYSTEM

These XA aluminium light

crane system applies the

strength and low weight of

aluminium to every light material

which needs to be lifted. Handling

low loads is of up to 2 metric tonne

across a wide variety of rail types, it

is a robust, cost-effi cient solution. An

anodised aluminium surface ensures

the long-term durability of the

system purchase. Th e modular

design, requiring no welding or

painting, greatly reduces downtime during installation, expansion,

or upgrade.

Konecranes India Pvt Ltd

Pune, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-020-40047470

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.konecranes.com

� GRABBING CRANE

This grabbing crane is suitable for ceramic and other

industries to handling various raw materials. Th e crane can

lift up to 3 tonne capacity in one single scoop. Crane that

Page 172: Search - September 2012

172 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MINING

can handle loaded grab of desired capacity is also off ered. In

addition, all types of fl ameproof and explosion-proof cranes to gas

groups I, IIA, IIB and IIC as per IS:2148 are also available. Non-

sparking track wheels are manufactured from non-ferrous

materials. Th e crane is suitable for petrochemical plants, oil

refi neries and mining.

Aarco

Kolkata, West Bengal

Tel: +91-033-2379736

Email: [email protected]

� PALLET TRUCK

The model AGHL-100

high-lift pallet truck is

specially designed for

raising pallets to medium heights

up to 800 mm. Th is pallet truck is

used for stacking 2 to 3 pallets.

Pallet used in the hydraulic hand

high lift trolleys is used in various

types of work in plant and

maintenance shops. Technical

specifi cations include capacity of

1000 kg, minimum height of 90

mm, overall width of 560 mm, fork

Page 173: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H S

epte

mbe

r 20

12 A

d N

ame:

Aus

tin P

g N

o. 1

73

Page 174: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: H

industan Motors Pg N

o. 174

Page 175: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 175

MINING

width measuring 152 mm, fork length of 1220 mm, and raised

height of 800 mm.

Agromec

Meerut, Uttar Pradesh

Tel: +91-0121-2440660, 91-121-3098766

Mob: 09313159058

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.agromecindia.net

� HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCK

Tiger hydraulic pallet truck

is of high quality

engineering and heavy-

duty construction. It is an

economical solution for handling

heavy loads. Th e frame is made of

heavy duty formed steel, jig

welded and forks of double

fl anged pressed steel which gives

maximum strength. Ram and

pump plunger of the hydraulic

cylinder is grounded to high

precision and hard chrome plated which reduces wear and resists

from corrosion. Special safety valves are provided for smooth

lowering of load and a dual overload safety valve is provided to

Page 176: Search - September 2012

176 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

MINING

� HYDRA TRUCKS

The model model TL-4M Truckman

hydra trucks (also called die loader)

is effi cient and ideal material

handling equipment, designed for quick

loading and unloading of press tools or

machine parts, crates, oil drums,

components, etc. Pump is manually operated

and is of double acting type complete with oil tank with release valve

capacity of 500 to 1000 kg. Lift maximum from the ground level is

1400 mm. Lowered height is 140 mm. Platform size is 700 x 700 mm.

Th e unit is mounted on polymer wheels for easy movement and long

life. Applications are in tool rooms, godowns, engineering units and

chemical and petrochemical industry, automotive industry, etc.

Textile Machinery Manufacturing Company

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

protect the truck from damage due to overloading.

Ferro Foundries Pvt Ltd

Mysore, Karnataka

Tel: +91-821-2402376,+91-0821-3048000

Mob: 09845120878

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.ferrotiger.com

Page 177: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 177

MINING

� MACHINE HANDLING PALLET TRUCK

The model AGMH-500

hydraulic machine

handling pallet truck is

ideal for transportation and

installation of heavy machines

in the plants. Th e capacity of

the pallet truck is 5000 kg.

Fork length is available up to 1650 mm. Th e overall width is up to

1150 mm because of which heavy and large machines can be

handled by inserting two trolleys from both the sides. Th e pallet

truck has multi-purpose hydraulic lifting trolley that ensures safe

handling of machines for commissioning and transferring of plants.

Platform on forks are provided for greater stability.

Agromec

Meerut, Uttar Pradesh

Tel: +91-0121-2440660,+91-121-3098766

Mob: 09313159058

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.agromecindia.net

Tel: 91-079-22941389

Mob: 094284 07325

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.truckmanindya.com

Page 178: Search - September 2012

178 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� TIZONA I & TIZONA II CNC TURNING CHUCKERS

Avermark Automation Pvt Ltd is one of the most dynamic

growing companies in CNC machine manufacturing

having productive design and very good manufacturing &

testing facilities. Th e company’s sister concern Accurate

Machine Tools off ers the fi nest machines in the industry. Avermark

off ers TIZONA I & TIZONA II CNC Turning Chuckers, which

have rigid heavier structure with IS 25

grade casting, 60 degree true slant bed,

precision A2 series cartridge spindle,

heavier LM rails, blocks & ball

screws for axes, linear toolings with

more X-axis travel. TIZONA I can turn

jobs having diameter 100 x 150 length

and TIZONA II is for diameter 200 x 250 length jobs.

TIZONA has the latest CNC controller with 8.4” TFT colour

display, USB interface and many more useful features. It is

equipped with suitable power chuck, lubrication & coolant system,

air-conditioned electric panel with quality components, tool

holders, etc. TIZONA CNC Chucker Series is designed to turn

various chucking components with minimum cycle time.

Th e gang tooling works adeptly without delaying the turret

retraction and indexing, thus it eliminates the unproductive non-

machining time. Th ese machines are best suitable for precision

components in mass production with optional integration of bar

feeder, bar puller, autoloader, automation line, tooling solution,

etc.

Avermark Automation Pvt Ltd

Veraval (Shapar) – 360 024. Dist. Rajkot

Tel: +91 2827-253677/88

Mob: +91 98242 22448

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.avermark.com

� TRI-LOBE ROTARY BLOWERS

The advanced technology

next generation Axcel TR

series Tri-Lobe blowers are

suitable for air/gas applications. It is

ruggedly built and can work under

tough conditions, high transmission

loads and higher operating speeds

with capacities up to 65,000m3/hr and pressure up to 1.1kg/cm2 in

single stage/ up to 2.2kg/cm2 in multi stages.

Th e computer generated new millennium series rotor lobe profi le

optimises high volumetric effi ciency, minimises slip losses, lower

power consumption and thus are energy effi cient.

A K Ahuja (AGM-Projects)

Swam Pneumatics Pvt. Ltd.

C-2, Sector-3, Noida,

UP - 201301

Page 179: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 179

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� FIRE ROLLING SHUTTERS/ FIRE DOORS

India’s No. 1 entrance automations

& loading bay equipment company

Gandhi Automations off ers fi re

rolling shutters/ fi re doors: constructed

of galvanised or stainless steel in a

variety of gauges, slat designs and

fi nishes for unsurpassed strength, durability and style. Wide ranges

of styles meet or exceed industry fi re safety testing standards

including UL, FM and ULC. Th e doors are also compliant with all

NFPA-80 standards. Door closes automatically under governor

control after separation of fuse link. UL-listed brush-type smoke

gaskets satisfy smoke retardation requirements.

Additional safety options include the fi re SentinelTM time-

delay release device photoelectric or ionization-type smoke

detectors, with or without heat detector. Additionally available

uninterruptible power supply for use with motor-operated doors

allows door closure by central alarm or smoke detector under motor

power. 2 – 4 hours Fire rated resistance. Compliant with BS 476

part 22/UL/FM/REI 120.

Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: 022- 66720200/66720300 (200 lines)

Fax: 022-66720201

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.geapl.co.in

Page 180: Search - September 2012

180 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� CYLINDRICAL PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR

The CY series cylindrical

photoelectric sensor has a M18

thread size for convenient

mounting in industries. It has a long

sensing range up to 12 metre through-

beam type, 3 metre through

retro-refl ective type and 120 mm

through diff use-refl ective type. Th is

sensor has a wide product range with DC

supply type 10 to 30 V DC and AC supply type 24 to 240 V AC. It

is used in industries such as ceramic, packaging, pharmaceuticals,

food processing, automobiles, textile, plastics and many more.

Lubi Electronics

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: +91-079-22205471,

Mob: 09825569559, 09327497006

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.lubielectronics.com

� ROLL TURNING LATHE MACHINE

The roll turning lathe machine is rigidly designed and

suitable for heavy jobs. Th is lathe machine combines all the

features which are expected in roll turning lathe machines

with great effi ciency and is ideal for all sliding, surfacing and screw

Page 181: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 181

GENERAL PRODUCTS

cutting operation. Its

important features include

hardened & ground bedways,

plano type one-piece solid bed,

raw material used is selected

and fi rst grade quality. Its main

spindle is hardened and ground with double grinding. All screws are

made from bright steel with gunmetal screw nut, Turcite-B coated

in saddle & surface guideways. It has a full norton gearbox.

Premier Lathe Manufacturing Co

Rajkot, Gujarat

Tel: 91-0281-2387556

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.premierlathe.co.in

� LATHE MACHINE

The Max series

medium-duty type

lathe machine is

compact and off ers better

value for money. Th is

machine features simplicity,

robustness and longer

working life. It rotates the

workpiece on its axis to

Page 182: Search - September 2012

182 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� COPPER ENAMELLED WIRE

This is manufactured using EC grade

copper rods that are extruded or drawn

by dies of special size and are further

repeatedly coated with enamel. Various varieties

of enamelled copper wire comprise polyester,

polyesterimide and self-solderable wires. For

example, polyesterimide overcoated with

polyamide-imide enamelled round copper wire,

class 200; modifi ed polyester enamelled round

copper wire, class 155; polyester enamelled round copper wire, class

130; all in the range of 4.06-0.091 mm (8-43 swg). Polyestermide

enamelled round copper wire, class 180, in the range of 4.06-0.091

perform a variety of operations, like cutting, sanding, knurling,

drilling, etc. Th e machine is sturdy and easy-to-use and assures

optimum return on investment. It is highly versatile and durable.

Th e medium-duty lathe machine is built using modern technology

to assure enhanced functioning. Th is lathe machine is useful for

precisely machining relatively hard objects.

Bhavya Machine Tools

Ahmedabad, Gujarat

Tel: +91-079-40087900

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.bhavyamachinetools.com

Page 183: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 183

GENERAL PRODUCTS

mm (8-43 swg). Self solderable polyurethane enamelled round copper

wire, class 155 & 180, both in the range of 0.813 mm to 0.091 mm

(21 swg to 43 swg).

Jalan Wires Pvt. Ltd.

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: 022-61451600

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.jalanwires.com

� WIRELESS DATALOGGER SYSTEM

The Testo Saveris Radio probes

and measures temperature &

humidity and saves the recorded

measurement data sending to the central

base at regular intervals. If a limit value

is exceeded, a radio link is established

immediately. In free fi eld, the transmission path is approximately

100 m at a frequency of 2.4 GHz.

Testo India Pvt. Ltd.

Pune, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-020-65600203

Mob: 09375346186

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.testo-india.com

Page 184: Search - September 2012

184 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� MOTOR PROTECTION RELAY

This displays various parameters, trip

count and trip data on 8-digit

alphanumeric display, and has

separate LEDs for individual fault indication.

Th is is a four user programmable output relay,

its built-in self-supervision & self-testing

feature helps maintenance. Th is provides easy

operation by 5 push buttons. RS485 Port for serial communication

with ‘MSCOM’ user-friendly software.

Larsen & Toubro Ltd.

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-022-67054902

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.lntebg.com

� ELECTRIC MOTORS-D

The range consists of 0.12 HP to

425 HP. Th ese have dynamically

balanced rotors, corrosion-

resistant frames and end-bracket

hardware. Th ese have high-effi cient stator

laminations with superior low loss

CRNGO steel and are designed for 500C

ambient temperature for the entire range.

Page 185: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 185

GENERAL PRODUCTS

Th ese have stainless steel rating plate and six terminal

constructions across the range. Th ese have compatible AC drives &

software starter range.

BCH Electric Ltd.

Barakhamba Road, New Delhi - 110001

Tel: 011-2331 6029/6539

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.bchindia.com

� SLIPRING MOTOR STARTER-D

The slipring motor starter Magnastart

inducer consists of three coils wound

on specially shaped steel cores. Eddy

currents in these cores are refl ected in the

windings as impedance that is dependent on

rotor frequency. Comprehensive thermal

protection prevents any possibility of damage.

Smooth acceleration to full speed reduces electric stress in the

motors.

JSL Industries

Vadodara, Gujarat

Tel: +91-0265-3054631

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.jyoti.com

Page 186: Search - September 2012

186 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� ELECTRIC WIRE ROPE HOIST

The electric wire rope hoist is available from 0.5–50 tonne

capacity range with a maximum height of lift of 200 mtr in

accordance with Class I, II, III & IV heavy-duty specifi cation

as per IS:3938-1983. Th is wire rope hoist is manufactured off ering

foolproof electro-mechanical brakes operating on conical rotor motor

principles. Th e brakes are far superior to electro-hydraulic thrustor

� MOTOR PROTECTION RELAY

Microcontroller-based motor

protection relay

PD-MMPR-303 uses the

state-of-the-art microcontroller-based

measurement techniques for providing

protection for motors up to 75HP. Th e comprehensive protection

features of the relay make it ideal for motor protection. Th e heart of the

relay is microcontroller-based reliable hardware with special algorithms

to calculate the tripping time. Th e relay continuously monitors the

three-phase currents to build the thermal replica of the motor. Th is

thermal replica is used to protect the motor against thermal overloads.

Prok Devices Pvt. Ltd.

Bengaluru, Karnataka

Tel: +91-80-26760718

Mob: 09845033226

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.prokdvs.com

Page 187: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 187

GENERAL PRODUCTS

brakes off ered by most other manufacturers. All

hoists have high torque, crane duty, 40% CDF,

Class-F insulated conical motors suitable for

150 starts/hour. Brakes are provided in hoisting

as well as cross traversing motion.

Eddycranes Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Mumbai, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-022-23522710

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.eddycranes.com

� ELECTRONIC SAFETY SENSORS

The RSS-36 electronic safety sensors

are equipped with RFID technology,

with diff erent variants, each with

diff erent coding possibilities. Th ese sensors

also feature all the well-known advantages of

the CSS technology. A second version only accepts the target,

which was taught during the fi rst start-up. In the third version, the

teach-in process can be repeated any number of times.

Schmersal India Pvt. Ltd.

Pune, Maharashtra

Tel: +91-020-26741000

Page 188: Search - September 2012

188 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� LATHE CHUCK

The Rota-S plus lathe

chuck has an optimised

wedge bar drive system

and an improved lubricant

system to ensure consistently

high clamping forces from the

new lathe chuck. Since higher

speeds and cutting speeds are

possible, users can apply more effi cient cutting materials, which

shorten the manufacturing time. An optimised drive allows fast,

comfortable and repeat accurate jaw changes. Th is lathe chuck is

fully compatible, and already existing base jaws can be used in it.

Its unique three-fold jaw safety device prevents operating errors. It

has located an indicator pin at the chuck circumference, which

displays the individual clamping status. Protection sleeve system

and expansion arbor are categorised as additional equipments.

Schunk Intec India Pvt. Ltd.

Bengaluru, Karnataka

Tel: +91-080-40538999

Mob: 09741211766

Amit Kapur,Director, Everest Group, New Delhi, India.

Network 18 Publishing is a critical partner in promoting our solutions. They are at the forefront of delivering industry editorial content while offering leading-edge multi channels (online portals, newsletters, magazines, Yellow Pages, etc.) that enable us to effectively increase our brand awareness.

Mob: 09595457878

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.schmersal.in

Page 189: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 189

GENERAL PRODUCTS

� EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY LATHE MACHINE

The Balaji series VGH geared-head extra heavy-duty lathe

machine has height of centre 267 mm, length of bed up to

6,095 mm and admit between centres up to 5,000 mm.

Main spindle hollow is 80 mm and the main spindle nose is A2-8

type.

Dynamically

balanced spindle

runs at vibration-

free motion at

1,200 rpm. All

gears are made of

20MN CR5

material and fully

induction hardened and teeth grinding. Th e Norton gearbox cuts

any metric, modules and pitch (DP). Bed is made from graded cast

iron and fl am hardened up to 400 BHN diameters.

Vinit Engimech Pvt. Ltd.

Rajkot, Gujarat

Tel: 91-281-2312091

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.balajilathe.com

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.schunk.com

Page 190: Search - September 2012

190 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

� NICHROME SEALING WIRE

This is a new line of nichrome

resistance wire coated with

DuPont Tefl on to create a

non-stick surface for use at high

temperatures. Th e nichrome wire

provides a non-stick surface in a

variety of plastics and packaging

processing applications and is capable

of 260°C continuous and 316°C

intermittent use. Th is is suitable for use in a wide range of

packaging, sealing, shrink wrapping, plastic sheet & styrofoam

cutting, and acrylics bending equipment.

Applied Plastics Co, Inc - Massachusetts - USA

Massachusetts, Massachusetts

Tel: 781-7621881

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.appliedplastics.com

� SPINDLE MOTOR

The Fanuc spindle motor Beta-

iI series is a high performance

motor suited to spindle axis of

machine tools. High effi ciency & low

heat generation is achieved by

SPINDLE HRV control. Optimised winding design & eff ective

cooling structure enables high power and high torque. Th e compact

size of the motor is an added advantage.

GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany

Germany

Tel: +49-352-7279 79213

Email: [email protected]

� MINIATURISED SENSOR SYSTEMS

The CarboSen

miniaturised

sensor systems are

used for detection of

fl ammable gases, such as

CO, H2 or CxHy. Th ese

systems consist of a sensor

unit, sensor housing and sensor electronics. Th e sensor electronics

enable temperature compensation during operation. Th is design can

be used at temperatures up to 450°C.

Lamtec GmbH & Co KG

Walldorn,

Tel: 6227-605240

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.lamtec.de

Page 191: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H S

epte

mbe

r 20

12 A

d N

ame:

San

yo

Pg N

o. 1

91

Page 192: Search - September 2012

SEA

RC

H Septem

ber 2012 Ad N

ame: A

plus Pg No. 192

Page 193: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 193

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

� DIGITAL FIBREOPTIC SENSORS

In addition to MEGA power, the

FS-N Series (FS-neo)

introduces unprecedented setup

ease with one click operation.

Salient features include: newly

released water-resistant fi bre sensor amplifi ers; IP66 standard;

complete setup with just one click (new); automatic maintenance

(new); high power reduces labour hours; 250x conventional model;

detects wire as small as ø0.6 um; and ambient-light resistance:

30,000 lux.

Keyence Singapore Pte Ltd

Lobby G, Singapore

Tel: +65-6-63921011

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.keyence.com.sg

� ROBOCUT

This machine has high-

performance CNC coupled with

digital servo technology. It has a

high-rigidity casting and a thermal

insulation structure. It is incorporated

with twin-servo wire tension control, advanced AWF2 enabling

safe unmanned operation, customised Fanuc PC FAPT Cut

Page 194: Search - September 2012

194 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

programming software & Servo water level control for stable

cutting. It comes with a 15-inch LCD touch panel & an USB I/O.

For high precision, it has an upgraded AI pulse controls 2 & fi nish

cutting generator.

GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany

Germany

Tel: +49-352-7279 79213

Email: [email protected]

� ROBODRILL

It is a small machining center with spindle

taper size No. 30 for milling, boring,

drilling and tapping. Th is machine is

characterised by Nano CNC system, HRV

control, AI contour control which implements

high-speed, high-precision machining by

reading 200 blocks in advance for acceleration/

deceleration control & high acceleration

positioning. It has a synchronous built-in servo motor installed. Th e

number of blocks to be read in advance can be increased, thereby

enabling up to 1,000 blocks to be read in advance for acceleration/

deceleration control. Th is enables high-speed, high precision

machining without feedrate variations even for a program consisting of

super-minute line segments. Additional 1-axis control can be added to

enable simultaneous contour control of up to 4 axes. Spindle is directly

Page 195: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 195

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

coupled with its motor. Least maintenance due to grease sealed

bearings. Th e high speed and high precision ball bearing is used for the

high-speed spindle.

GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany

Germany

Tel: +49-352-7279 79213

Email: [email protected]

� MILLING HEADS UNITS

The gears and axis are all made from

SCM415, and have heat-treatment and

precise girded to JIS 1 level. Most of

components are lubricated by auto-pump and

auto-injection. High precision, low noise and

vibration free, each model has diff erent speed for

machining and some models also could be used

for drilling. Th ese milling heads most equipped

on plano milling machine for vertical and horizontal milling or the

retrofi t work shop.

Para Mill Precision Machinery Co Ltd

Taichung City, Taiwan

Tel: +886-4-26800678

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.paramill.com

Page 196: Search - September 2012

196 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

� CNC GRAPHITE MACHINING CENTER

This closed bridge type-high speed CNC

Graphite Machining Center has patent

design on its structure, as its super

structural rigidity is combined with advanced

technologies. It has a 30000 RPM high speed

spindle, resulting in high quality graphite electrode performance.

Th e Graphite Dust Suction & Filtration System (GDSFS) results

up to 99% dust disposal effi ciency. Th e dry type GDSFS is implied

here. It has high effi ciency dust-collecting equipment &

incorporates zero wear-out draught fan function.

Hsiu Fong machinery Co. Ltd

Taichung City-Taiwan

Tel: 886-4-22792121

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.surefirst.com

� STEEL BARS

These bars are processed with center-

less grinding & hard chrome

plating after cold drawn. Th e bar is

abrasion-proof & corrosion-proof. Th ese are

hard chrome coated where thickness is

minimum 20 microns. Standard length of mass product is 3000

mm -6000 mm.

Page 197: Search - September 2012

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 197

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

The information published in this section is as per the details furnished by the respective manufacturer/distributor. In any case, it does not represent the views of

SEARCH

� SPECIAL ALLOY SURFACE COATINGS

The special alloy surface coating is a new

processing method over welding of

nickel based alloy on the thread surface.

Features include: evenly gardened surface with 1

m/m thickness; hardness does not decrease

under normal temperature; corrossion-resistance

& especially suitable for PVC material; and the hardened surface is

2 or 3 times more wear-resistant than conventional threaded rods.

Jiuh Kang Enterprise Co, Ltd

Tainan, Taiwan

Tel: +886-6-2534783

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.plasticmachine.com.tw

Fu-Long Metal Industrial Co., Ltd.

Taoyuan Hsien-Taiwan

Telephone: 886-3-4852858

Fax: 886-3-4787597

Web: www.flweb.com.tw

Page 198: Search - September 2012

EVENT LIST

v

NATIONAL

4-6 October 2012INDIA STEEL 2012Focus: Technology, machinery & equipment in the steel industry Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, MumbaiMob: 91 9899392930Email: [email protected]

30 October - 1 November 2012WIRE & CABLE INDIA 2012Focus: Developments in wire & cable Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, MumbaiTel: 91 011 2697 1745/1056 66E-mail: [email protected]

3-5 October 2012POWER-GEN ASIAFocus: Power generationWhere: Impact Exhibition & Convention Centre, Bangkok, ThailandTel: 44 1992656634E-mail: [email protected]

ABROAD

v

NATIONAL

1-5 November 2012ENGINEERING EVOLUTIONFocus: Industrial MachineryWhere: Ahmedabad Education Society Grounds, Ahmedabad, GujaratTel: 079 40092078Fax: 079 25895904E-mail: [email protected]

21-24 November 2012INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION INDIA 2012Focus: Industrial Automation ApplicationWhere: India Expo Center, Greater Noida, IndiaTel: 022 40050681Fax: 022 40050683E-mail: [email protected]

21-24 November 2012EMAF EXPO 2012Focus: Industrial Tools & MachineryWhere: Feira International do Porto, PortugalTel: 351 229981472Fax: 351 213826734E-mail: [email protected]

ABROAD

v

14-16 December 2012IPVS TRADE FAIR & CONFERENCE 2012Focus: Industrial pumps, Valves & systemsWhere: Auto Cluster Exhibition and Convention Centre, Pune, MaharashtraTel: 022 2410 2801/02Fax: 022 24102805E-mail: [email protected]

11-14 December 2012AUTOMECHANIKA SHANGHAIFocus: Repair & Maintenance EquipmentWhere: Shanghai New International Expo Center, Pudong, ShanghaiTel: 86 21 6160 8555 Fax: 86 21 5876 9332 E-mail: [email protected]

5-8 December 2012MANUFACTURING INDONESIA SERIES 2012Focus: Manufacturing machinery, equipment, materials & services and chemical processingWhere: Jakarta International Expo, Jakarta, IndonesiaTel: 65 2333 6777Fax: 65 6233 6768E-mail: [email protected]

ABROADNATIONAL

Page 199: Search - September 2012

EVENT LIST

AHMEDABAD October 5-8, 2012

PUNE November 2-5, 2012

CHENNAI November 22-25, 2012

LUDHIANA December 21-24, 2012

Tel: 022-30034651 • E-mail: [email protected] • Web: www.engg-expo.com

INDORE January 11-14, 2013

AURANGABAD February 1-4, 2013

RUDRAPUR February 23-26, 2013

v

8-13 January 2013VIBRANT GUJARAT GLOBAL TRADE SHOWFocus: Manufacturing & technologyWhere: Helipad Ground, Gandhinagar, GujaratTel: 079 2325 6009, 2325 0492 / 93Fax: 079 2325 0490E-mail: [email protected]

4-7 January 2013ELASIA 2013Focus: Electrical, Lightings & Power sectorWhere: Triupra Vasini, Palace Grounds, Bengaluru, KarnatakaTel: 080 43307474Fax: 080 22352772E-mail: [email protected]

7-10 January 2013ARABIA ESSEN WELDING & CUTTINGFocus: Manufacturing IndustryWhere: Dubai World Trade Centre, Dubai, United Arab EmiratesTelephone: 49 20172440Fax: 49 2017244248

ABROADNATIONAL

v

14-18 February, 2013VCCI EXPOFocus: Industrial and Allied productsWhere: Naulakhi Compound, VadodaraTel: 0265 - 2642291, 2636262, 2636969 Fax: 0265 - 2638050 E-mail: [email protected]

15-17 February, 2013IETF MANUFACTURINGFocus: Manufacturing IndustryWhere: Pragati Maidan, New DelhiTel: 0124)-4014060 / 4014061Fax: (91)-(124)-4014088

5-7 February, 2013EXPO MANUFACTURA 2013Focus: Manufacturing ProductivityWhere: Cintermex, Monterrey, N.L., 64010, MexicoTel: 52 (81) 8369 6969Fax: 52 (81) 8369 6911E-mail: [email protected]

ABROADNATIONAL

v

6-7 March, 2013DESIGN & MANUFACTURING SOUTHFocus: TechnologyWhere: Orange County Convention Center, Orlando, USTel: 310-445-4200E-mail: [email protected]

19-21 March, 2013ELECTRONICA & PRODUCTRONICA CHINA 2013Focus: Materials processing, production related servicesWhere: Shanghai New International Expo CenterTel: +86-21-2020-5503Fax: +86-21-2020-5688E-mail: [email protected]

19.-22 March, 2013AMPER 2013Focus: Electronics, automation Where: Brno Exhibition Centre Tel: +420 221 992 144Fax: +420 221 992 139E-mail: [email protected]

ABROAD

Page 200: Search - September 2012

200 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Latest Popular Tenders brought to you by www.tendersinfo.com

Org: Organisation’s Name, TRN: Tendersinfo Ref No, Desc: Description, DSLD: Doc Sale Last Date, BOD: Bid Opening Date, Loc: Location, BT: Bidding Type.

INFORMATION COURTESY: TENDERSINFO.COM

1, Arch Gold, Next to MTNL Exchange, Poisar, SV Road, Kandivali (W), Mumbai - 400067, Maharashtra, India

Tel: +91-22-28666134 • Fax: +91-22-28013817 • Email: [email protected]

TRANSFORMER

Org : Chittaranjan Locomotive Works

TRN : 11874372

Desc : Supply of transformer main 5400 KVA complete

BOD : September 12, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

CNC UNIVERSAL LATHE MACHINE

Org : Indian Ordnance Factories

TRN : 11820722

Desc : Supply of conventional alignment lathe 10 m

BOD : September 12, 2012

Loc : India

BT : International competitive bidding

CNC HORIZONTAL MACHINING CENTRE

Org : Diesel Locomotive Works

TRN : 11776223

Desc : Supply of CNC horizontal machining centre

BOD : September 25, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

PROJECT

SUN EDISON’S BANKURA 5-MW SOLAR POWER PLANT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT

Org : SUNEDISON LLC12500 Baltimore

Project Type : N/A

Project News : Setting up a 5-MW solar power plant

Loc : India

Project Cost : $25 million

Contact:

SUNEDISON LLC12500 Baltimore Avenue

Beltsville, MD 20705, US.

Tel: 443-909-7200

Fax: 443-909-7150

Details should include the Address with Pin Code, Tel No, Fax No, Email and Website

CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM AND PLC

Org : Department Of Atomic Energy

TRN : 11931609

Desc : Design, fabrication, inspection, tightening trials, dispatch, erection and commissioning of automated bolt tightening system with nut feeding system and indexing arrangement with PLC

BOD : September 03, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

Org : Public Health Engineering Department

TRN : 11943121

Desc : Supply of centrifugal pump set

BOD : September 03, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

INVERTER

Org : North Central Railway

TRN : 10568732

Desc : Supply of static inverter

BOD : September 03, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

MOTORS

Org : Chittaranjan Locomotive Works

TRN : 11819945

Desc : Supply of motor set for traction motor

BOD : September 05, 2012

Loc : India

BT : Domestic competitive bidding

TELESCOPIC CRANE

Org : Indian Railways

TRN : 11686562

Desc : Design, supply and commissioning into service of high-capacity diesel hydraulic microprocessor controlled telescopic jib breakdown cranes

BOD : September 09, 2012

Loc : India

BT : International competitive bidding

Page 201: Search - September 2012
Page 202: Search - September 2012

PRODUCT INDEX

202 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Abrasive 153

Abrasive blast cleaning 170

AC gear motor 4, 185

AC servo 65

AC servo motor 4, 185

AC variable frequency drives 16

AC/DC panels 167

ACB panel 157

Accessories 8

Acoustic enclosure 119

Actuators 59, 196

Adaptor 187

Adhesives 179

Aerobridge installation & maintenance 189

Agitator seals 120

Air operated diaphragm pumps 118

Airport equipments & service provider 189

Ait/water flow switches 59

Alarm annunciators 99

All gear lathe 170

All geared auto feed pillar drilling machine 178

All geared planning machine 181

Allen cap 195

Allen CSK 195

Alloy steel cold drawn seamless straight pipes/tubes 166

Alu-cera polymer 7

Aluminium bronze 175

Aluminium casting 184

Aluminium crane system 171

Aluminium oxide ceramic composite 7

Aluminum extrusion 186

Analog timers 205

Annunciator 75

Auto feed radial drilling machine 178

Autoclavable gaskets 196

Automatic grinding machine 193

Automatic rolling shutter 21

Automatic weighing 189

Automation 19, 20, 153

Automobile bearing 159

Automotive automation - engine & transmission assembly 143

Autophoretic coating 154

Axial flow fans 157, 166

Ball bearing 94, 127, 168, 173

Ball check valve 165

Ball screws 94

Ball valve 128, 160, 165, 167, 180, 213

Balls 171

Batch production machine 172

Battery operated pallet trucks 121

BBL brake motor 71

BBL/KEC flame proof motor 71

Bearing 94, 102, 105, 159, 168, 173

Bench type drilling machine 169

Benchtop presses 161

Bend 180, 218

Blackening / bluing salt 176

Blow down valves 180

Blowers 194

Blowers & Fans 157

Boiler compound & scale remover 176

Boring machine 181

Bottle cap torque testing systems 41

Braided hose 196

Brake motors 46

Brushes 179

Building automation 20

Bushes 94, 165

Butterfly valve 160, 163, 165, 180, 213

Cabinet and v-series cooling technology 47

Cable carrier 102

Cable conduits 23

Cable connector 102

Cable gland 49; 87; 167; 179

Cam followers 180

Capacitance & tan delta testers 185

Carbide 187

Carbide tools 187

Carbon steel cold drawn seamless straight pipes/ tubes 166

Cargo systems & sort equipments 189

Cast/extruded 169

Casting 155, 184

Castors 160

Cbm/pdm services 154

Centre drill 187

Centreless grinding machine 133, 183

Centrifugal air blowers 157

Centrifugal pumps 39

Chain 102

Chain hoist 182

Chain pulley block 114

Check & needle valves 158

Check valve 160, 180, 213

Cheese head slotted screw 190

Chemical & industrial pump 197

Chemical process pumps 187

Chemical pumps 184

Chemical resistant diaphragm vacuum pumps 152

Chromatsing chemicals 176

Chuck 187

CI Casting 181

Circuit breaker analyzer 185

CNC bic

CNC cutting machines 20

CNC cylindrical external grinding machine 133

CNC external grinding machine 133

CNC grinding machine 193

CNC hydraulic turret punch press 186

CNC internal grinding machine 133

CNC laser cutting machines 20

CNC lathes 27

CNC machines bic

CNC oxy fuel cutting machine 20

CNC plasma cutting machine 20, 186

CNC press brake 186

CNC synchro press brake 186

CNC tooling 187

CNC turning center bic

CNC turning chucklers 178

CNC vertical machining center bic

Coating machines 20

Coating plants 20

Coating systems 20

Cold galvan 154

Collet 187

Collet chuck 187

Combination screw with washer 190

Component handing system 143

Compressed air division 189

Compressed air system fittings 217

Compressors 157, 161

Concept line wall mounted enclosure 47

Connector 8, 14, 77, 102

Construction electric hoists 107

Container pumps 118

Contrast/color scanner 95

Control cabinet 77

Control damper 196

Control panel 77

Control system 77

Controller 157, 161

Conventional phase failure relays 205

Conventional precision lathes 27

Conveying blower 157

Conveyor 160

Conveyors and automation systems 21

Coolant pumps 79

Cooling systems 191

Cooper chromium zirconnium 175

Copper chromium 175

Copper enameled wire 182

Cords 196

Corrosion inhibitors 176

Counter 75, 205

Coupling element rubber 188

Crabs 114

Crane 84, 107, 114, 141

Crane drives 182

Crane duty motors 46, 174

Crimp testers 41

Cross connection acc 8

Current injectors 185

Cushion dock shelters 21

Cutting machines 20

Cutting valves 160

Cylindrical grinder 183

Cylindrical photoelectric sensor 180

Cylindrical roller bearing 159

Cylindrical sensors 95

Dampers 196

Dampers for centre 166

Deep groove ball bearing 159

Degreasing / cleaning agents 176

Dehumidifiers 181

Demagnetiser 194

Deoxidized copper 175

Diaphragm vacuum pumps & compressors 163

Diaphragm valve 165, 180

Diaphrgms 193

Didactic equipment for training 77

Digital frequency meters 183

Distribution board 10

Dock levelers 21

Door - pvc flap 21

Door - pvc strip 21

Door - rapid flexible 21

Door - rapid roll up 21

Door - sectional overhead 21

Door – telescopic 21

Dosing pump 157

Double drum & triple drum magnetic separator 194

Double shaft gear box 164

Double sheet monitoring 95

Drawer magnets 194

Drill chuck arbor 187

Drill chucks 189

Drill mill 187

Drilling machine 169, 178

Drills 169, 178

Drive motor 184

Drives 185

Drum pumps 118

Drum type magnetic separator 151

Dry vacuum pumps 175

Dry van pump 119

Dryers 156

Dusters & circuit cooler 179

Electric high torque actuator 59

Electric motors 184

Electric wire rope hoist 107, 186

Electrical & maintenances contractors 189

Electrical cad/cae software 101

Electrical measuring instruments 167

Electrical product 16, 49; 87; 167; 179

Electro mechanical servo systems 161

Electroless nickel plating 154

Electronic dosing pump 157

Electronic process controls instruments 177

Electronic safety sensors 187

Electronic timer 28-35, 75

Electronica india 2012 115; 207

Electronics fair 115; 207

Electronics product 49; 87; 167; 179

Electropnematic positioner 153

Element shrink disc 180

Elmcbs 17

EMI/RFI shielding 179

Encoders 185

Encon products 154

End cap 180

End clap/shop 8

End mills 187

End plate 8

Energy meter 75

Engineering & consultancy services 25

Engineering plastic plug & socket 28-35

Engineering plastics 169

EOT cranes 107, 169

EOT jib crane 84

EOT/HOT cranes 114

Epoxies 179

Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No

Looking For A Specific Product?Searching and sourcing products were never so easy.

Just type SRCH (space) Product Name

and send it to 51818eg. SRCH Pump and send it to 51818

rod

Page 203: Search - September 2012

PRODUCT INDEX

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 203

Evaporator 156

Exhausters 194

Exhibition 115; 207

Exhibition - AutoMach 2013 208

Exhibition – IMTMA - AMTTF 82

Exhibition - VCCI 2013 22

Exhibition - Wire & Cable India 2012 26

Extruding 155

Factory automation 20, 185

Fail safe assembly system &

consumer automation 143

Fasteners 195

Fbd gaskets 196

Fbe & nylon coating 154

Fep/pfa/pvdf material 165

Ferrous / Non-ferrous casting 186

Fiber laser cutting machine 214-215

Fiber optic amplifier 95

Filter cock 180

Filters 176

Filtration 176

Filtration nets 176

Finishing & thermal spray coating. 170

Fire doors 179

Fire rolling shutters 179

Fire safe ball valve 160

Fittings 165

Flame proof hoist 114

Flame proof motors 46

Flange mounting motor 71

Flash dryer 156

Flat high tension single-twin ignit 7

Floor crane 168

Floor plate 181

Flow indicator 180

Flow meters 118

Flow switches 59

Fluid connectors 182

Flush bottom ball valve 160

Flush bottom valves 180

Flux & flux remover 179

Fmcg & auto comp 143

Fogged steel valve 213

Foot valve 180

Force & pressure calibration &

testing equipment 41

Force & torque gauges 41

Forged components 186

Forged steel gate 158

Forged steel valves 180

Forging 8

Forked photoelectric sensors 95

Freewheel-oneway-clutches 180

Frequency meters 167

Front casing 184

Fuel burners 157

Fully threaded bars 195

Furnace automation 48

Gang drill machine 169

Gantry crane 84

Gap frame press 203

Gas springs 24

Gaskets 165, 193, 196

Gate valve 160, 162, 180, 213

Gear box 6, 46, 114, 164, 185, 201

Gear motor 6, 201

Gear pumps 182

Geared & flexible couplings 201

Geared drill machine 169

Geared motor 6

Gears 164, 201

Glass 125

Glass screen cleaner 179

Glide wheels 160

Globe 158

Globe valve 160, 180, 213

Gluing systems 113

Goliath crane 107, 114, 168

Gomet bearings 127

Goods lift 84, 114

Grab buckets 107

Grabbing crane 171

Gravity die castings 184

Grinder 133

Grinding machine 111, 125, 133

183, 193

Grinding media 7

Grinding tool for hard material 111, 125

Handling system module 77

Hard chorme plating 154

Hast alloy 213

Head screw 184

Head washer 184

Heat exchangers 192

Heat resistance coating 154

Heat shrink tubing 49; 87; 167; 179

Heat treatment salt 176

Heating element 176

Heating equipment 192

Heavy duty CNC 160

Heavy duty cylindrical bearing 127

Heavy duty lathe machine 170

Helical gear box 46

Helical geared motor 46

Helical inline geared motors / reducers 6

Helical speed reducer 164

Hex bolts 195

High alumina wear resistant ceramic tiles 7

High carbon chrome. 171

High carbon steel balls 171

High efficiency standard motors flame proof motors 174

High intensity rare earth magnetic separator 151

High intensity roller type magnetic separator 151

Hipots (high voltage testers) 185

Hoists 107

Hold back 180

Hopper magnets 194

Horizontal CNC machines bic

Horizontal machining center bic

Horizontal spindle rotary table surface grinder 133

Hoses 182

Hosphating chemicals 176

Human machine interface 16

Hump magnet 194

Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No

Page 204: Search - September 2012

PRODUCT INDEX

204 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Hydra trucks 176

Hydraulic centerless grinding 183

Hydraulic components 217

Hydraulic cylinder 166, 182

Hydraulic cylindrical grinder 183

Hydraulic cylindrical grinding machine 133, 183

Hydraulic hose pipes 172

Hydraulic manual pallet trucks 121

Hydraulic pallet truck 175

Hydraulic press 203

Hydraulic press break 186, 214-215

Hydraulic sealing solution 188

Hydraulic seals 129

Hydraulic shearing machine 186, 203

Hydraulic surface grinding machine 193

I/p transducers 153

Imaging & vision systems 20

Impeller 180, 184

Induction heaters 138

Induction motors 79

Inductive proximity switches 23

Inductive switches 95

Industrial automation products 16

Industrial ceramic 7

Industrial electric power distribution system 10

Industrial fans & blowers 166

Industrial grinding & cutting 155

Industrial heating element 176

Industrial pumps 162

Industrial service 105

Industrial shoes 73

Industrial vacuum cleaners 152

Industrial valves 163

Inline drum type magnetic separator 151

Inline helical geared motors 174

Inline shaft mounted helical geared motors / reducers 6

Instro maintain controls panels 177

Instrumentation & control 12-13

Instruments 183

Insulating material solutions 66

Insulating oil tester 185

Insulation resistance testers 185

Interface modules 8

Interface modules acc 8

Internal grinder 183

Internal grinding machine 183

Inverter duty motors 174

Invertors 65

Isolator 137

Isolators and dbs 17

J eastomer extrusion pump 197

Jacketed ball valve 160

Jib crane 114

Junction box 47

Kamlok & drylok couplings 162

Kec ac motor 71

Kec dc motor 71

Kec slipring crane duty motor 71

Keyless transmission element 180

Knife edge gate valves 180

Knurled bolt 190

Large diameter welded pipes 177

Large helical 174

Laser cutting 218

Laser shaping 111, 125

Lathe chuck 188

Lathe machine 170, 181, 189

Led 23

Led signal tower light 28-35

Level controllers 99

Lift goliath crane 170

Lifting magnets 194

Limit switch 28-35, 153

Lined valve 213

Liquid ceramic coating 154

Liquid control valves 166

Liquid pumps 118

Liquid ring vacuum pump 157

Lldpe tubes 217

Load break switches 23

Loading arms 162

Long neck pipe end 180

Low pressure die casting 184

Lubricants. 105, 179

Lubricated plug valve 128

Machine handling pallet truck 177

Machine interface 65

Machine tool 48

Machined components 186

Magnet cup 184

Magnet drive pumps 184, 187

Magnet pumps 184

Magnetic coolant separator 151

Magnetic pulley 194

Magnetic racks 194

Main & sub-system assembly automation 143

Marker plotter 8

Markers 8

Marking solutions 18

Material handling 48

Material handling equipment 121, 189

Mcb 137

Mcbs 17

Measuring instruments 167

Measuring sensors 95

Mechanical press brake 186

Mechanical seals 120

Mechanical seals for process equipments 120

Mechanical vacuum boosters 194

Medium duty lathe machine 170

Mesh 176

Metal cutting tool 5

Meters 167

MGN brake motor 83

Micro plc 65

Micro switch 28-35

Mill lining blocks 7

Mini sensors 95

Modular plc 65

Molding 155, 196

Monitoring 161

Monoblock high vacuum pump 175

Monoblock pump 79, 187

Monorail trolley 114

Motion control 65, 113

Motion control products 185

Motion technologies 211

Motor 46, 71, 79, 187

Motor protection circuit breaker 23

Motor protection relay 184, 186

Motor testing systems 41

Motor/pump protection relays 99

Motorized chain pulley block 114

Motorized metering pump 157

Mounting bracket 8

Mounting rails 8

Multi-level car parking systems 189

Multimedia union 24

Multiport ball valve 160

Multistage centrifugal air blowers 157

Needle roller bearing 94, 127

Nickel silver 175

Nickle Aluminium bronze 213

Non lubricated plug valves 128

Non return valve 180

Non-ferrous castings 184

Nozzles 162

Nuts 195

O ring 129, 184

Ohms meters 167

Oil 157

Oil seal high vacuum pump 175

Oil seals 164, 193

O-ring chevron set strip 188

O-rings 193

Over band magnetic separator 151

Over crank shearing machine 186

Oxy fuel cutting 186

Packaging net 176

Packaging paper pulp 48

Paint remover 176

Pallet truck 172

Panel 167

Panel bender 218

Panel bender & material handling 218

Panel bending machine 214-215

Panel meters 183, 205

Parallel shaft helical gearbox 164

Parallel shaft helical geared motors 174

Partition plate 8

Pbegl geared motor 71

Pedestrian & rider operated counter balanced pallet trucks 121

Peening 170

Pen heads 190

Permanent magnetic chucks 194

Permanent magnetic drum pulley 151

Permanent magnetic drum type separator 194

Pf controllers 183

Phase failure relays 99, 205

Phase monitoring device 75

Philips combination pointed screw 190

Philips combinations screw 190

Philips csk screw 190

Philips pen head 190

Phosphorus bronze 175

Photoelectric switches 81

Pid controllers 177

Pillar drill machine 169, 178

Pillow block bearing 159

Pilot lights 23

Pipe 165

Pipe tube fittings 217

Piping system from polypropline 55

Piping systems 217

Piston rod 182

Planetary gear boxes 164

Planner machine 160, 181

Plano milling machines 160

Plano-miller 181

Plasma cutting machine 214-215

Plastic flap loaded foot valve 163

Plat truck 160

Plate bending machine 186

Plate magnets 194

Plcs 185

Plug valve 128, 165, 213

Plugs and sockets 23

Plumbing pipes & fittings 217

Pneumatic components 217

Pneumatic control valves 180

Pneumatic cylinder valve 164

Pneumatic valve 164

Pneumohydraulic 161

Pole ring 180

Polyacetal 169

Polymer production pump 197

Polynets 176

Polypropylene 169

Polyurethane 169

Position transducers 81

Potentiometers 81

Potting + encapsulating 179

Power 161

Power line transducers 183

Power magnet 194

Power press 186, 203

Power systems 191

Power tool 153

Precision component 105

Precision steel 111, 125

Precision switches single & multiple 23

Precision universal cylindrical machine 183

Press brake 172

Press brake machine 203

Presses 161

Pressure sensors and indicators 41

Printed circuit boards 99

Printing 48

Process automation 113

Process automation and control equipment 77

Product assemblies. 186

Production and processing equipment 192

Productronica india 2012 115; 207

Profiles 196

Proline modular enclosure 47

Protective polymer coating 154

Prototyping materials 179

Proximity sensor 28-35

Proximity switches 81

Ptfe 154, 165, 180

Ptfe lined valves 158

Ptfe/teflcon 169

Pull stud 187

Pump seals 120

Pumps. 39, 79, 118, 119, 157162, 175, 182, 184, 187, 188, 197, BC

Punch multiple holes. 172

Punching 218

Punching laser cutting 214-215

Punching sheering machine 214-215

Punching-shearing system 218

Pure water fittings 217

Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No

Page 205: Search - September 2012
Page 206: Search - September 2012

PRODUCT INDEX

206 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Aluminum 195CNV graphite machining

center 196Coil spring 171Concrete energy savings 43Digital fibreoptic sensors 193Energy efficiency solutions 43Milling heads units 195Miniaturized sensor systems 190Nichrome sealing wire 190Robocut 193Robodrill 194Special alloy surface coatings 197Spindle motor 190Steel bars 196Wave spring 171

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

Product Pg No

Push buttons 23

Quality control valves 59

Radial drilling machine 178, 181

Rccb 137

Reamers 187

Rear casing 184

Rear cylinder hydraulic press brake 203

Receptacles 162

Reducer 180

Relays 205

Remanufacture and repair 105

Right angled helical bevel geared motors / reducers 6

Right angled helical worm geared motors / reducers 6

Rod 165

Roll forming machine 214-215

Roll turning lathe machine 180

Roller bearing 94, 173

Roots blower 119, 162

Roots vacuum pumps 175

Rotary actuator 59

Rotary air lock valve 180

Rotary atomizer. 156

Rotary dampers 24

Rotary gear pumps 182

Rotary joints & unions 24

Rotary pumps 175

Rotary shaft seals 129

Rotary sliding vane pumps 187

Rotary switches 23

Rotary vane oil free vacuum pumps 152

Rotating unions 24

Rubber parts 193

Rubber products 164

Rust preventive 176

Rust removers 176

Safety controls 161

Safety protection devices 23

Safety shoes 73

Safety valves 163

Scable ties 49; 87; 167; 179

Scada 185

Scoop 180

Scr bess power regulator 177

Sealing system 182

Seals 105, 164

Seamless pipes 177

Section 196

Sector ball valve 160

Self aligning ball bearing 159

Self tapping & machine screws 195

Sensor solutions 113

Separator plate 8

Servo drives 16

Servo motors 16

Servo systems 191

Sewage pump 79

Shaft mounted speed reducers 164

Shaping machine 181

Shearing machine 203

Sheet 165, 196

Shock absorbers 24

Shovel 180

Shunts 167

Side channel blowers 157

Side lock adaptor 187

Sight flow meters 162

Sight glass 180

Silicon brass 175

Silicon bronze 175

Silicon rubber sleeves 196

Silver copper 175

Single converter isolator modules 177

Single limit switches 23

Single shaft extruder gear box 164

Single stage monoblock vacuum pump 175

Single stage vacuum pump 175

Siphon systems 24

Sleeve bearings 127

Slimline relay 153

Slip ring motor starter 185

Slipon flange 180

Small size ball bearings 127

Smps 75

Sockets & switches 8

Soft starters 99

Solderless terminal 49; 87; 167; 179

Solid carbide drill 5

Solid carbide drill with ic 5

Solid carbide mill 5

Solid carbide reamer 5

Solid carbide reamer with IC 5

Solid carbide special drill 5

Solid carbide special mill 5

Solid carbide special reamer 5

Sorting systems & automation 189

Space sector 143

Spade 180

Special application motors 174

Special bearing 159

Special pointed screw 190

Special purpose machines 160

Special tools 187

Specialized chemicals 179

Spherical roller bearing 159

Spherical roller thrust bearing 159

Spin flash dryers 156

Spiral cum helical gear box 201

Sponge products 196

Spray dryers 156

Spray guns 189

Spring testers 41

Sprockets 164

Square 196

Stacking system 214-215

Stainless steel 171

Stainless steel fasteners 195

Stainless steel pipes 177

Steam engineering products fic

Steam jacketed ball valves 128

Steam jacketed plug valves 128

Steel 105

Steel balls 171

Steel industry 48

Steel mill duty & flame proof cranes 107

Steel tube 182

Stepper motors 185

Strainer 160, 180

Strips 196

Super duplex 213

Super precision bearings 127

Superior hard anodizing 154

Surface grinder 193

Surface grinding machine 193

Surface plate 181

Swing check valve 165

Switch 3, 137

Switchboard meters 167

Switchgear 3

Switchgear applications 66

Swivels 162

Tachometer 75

Taper plug valves 128

Taper roller bearing 159

Technical ceramic 7

Tee 180

Teflon bush 184

Tefzel hhs isotactic p.p material 55

Temperature controller 75, 205

Temperature indicator 205

Tensile testing 41

Tensioner nut 180

Terminal blocks 8

Testers 167

Thermoplast extrusion pump 197

Thermoplastic valves 55

Thrush ball bearings 127, 159

Time switch 75

Titanium 213

Tooling for edm / wedm / vmc-s / hmc-s 214-215

Tools 187

Torque 41

Torque motors 174

Torque tool testers 41

Track rollers 180

Trade show 115; 207

Transfer trolley 114

Transformer ratio meters 185

Transformer winding resistance testers 185

Transformers 167

Transmission 153

Transparent sleeves 196

Transparent tubes 196

Tri lobe roots blowers 194

Tricover gaskets 196

Tri-lobe rotary blowers 178

Trim handling systems 157

Trolleys 160

Trunion mounted ball valve 160

Tubes 165, 177

Tubing accessory 77

Turbine blowers 154

Turned components 186

Turret punching machine 214-215

Twin lobe roots blower 162, 194

Twist drills 187

Two stage vacuum pump 162, 175

U & v seals 193

‘U’ tubes 177

Uhmw-pe 169

Ultrasonic sensors 95

Vacuum booster pump 119

Vacuum pumps 161, 175

Vacuum system 119

Vacuum/pneumatic recovery system 170

Valve 77, 128, 160, 161, 163 165, 180, 187, 196

Valve positioner 153

Valve sensor 160

Valve terminal 77

Vane damper 157

Velocity & feed controllers 24

Vertical boring machine 181

Vertical multistage inline pumps 158

Vertical turning lathe 160

Vertical turning machine 181

Very low frequency hipots 185

Vibrating reed type 167

Voltage/current/power monitoring

relays 99

Wafer type ball valve 160

Wall console cranes 168

Washer 180, 196

Washer head screw 190

Waste and water treatments 48

Water faucet & tap parts 7

Water ring vacuum pump 157

Water ring vacuum pumps 162

Water softening compound 176

Water treatment 192

Water valves 163

Weighing applications 48

Welded pipes 177

Welding equipments 189

Wheel barrows 160

Wheels 160

Winches 84, 107

Wind mill gear box 201

Wiper 188

Wiper o-ring 188

Wire connector 49; 87; 167; 179

Wire rope hoist 114

Wireless data logger system 183

Work holding devices 190

Worm drive hose clamps 197

Worm gear 201

Worm geared motors 46

Worm reducer gear box 164

Worm reducers 164

Xylan coating 154

‘Y’ type strainer 180

Zinc flake coating 154

Zirconia polycrystal ceramic 7

Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No

Page 207: Search - September 2012
Page 208: Search - September 2012
Page 209: Search - September 2012
Page 210: Search - September 2012
Page 211: Search - September 2012
Page 212: Search - September 2012

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

212 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Our consistent advertisers

A Plus Projects Technology Pvt Ltd 192T: +91-20-25630620E: [email protected]: www.aplusprojects.biz

Academy For Conservation Of Energy 154T: +91-265-2325034E: [email protected]: www.syguruace.com

Accent Control Pvt Ltd 81T: +91-22-25822141E: [email protected]: www.accentsensors.com

Acme Air Equipment Co Pvt Ltd 194T: +91-79-25831985E: [email protected]: www.airequipments.com

Allied Electronics Corporation 14

T: +91-22 61953699 E: [email protected],W: www.aecconnectors.com

Amsak Cranes Private Limited 84T: +91-44-26273486E: [email protected]: www.amsakcranes.com

ANI Engineers 182T: +91-2752-241479E: [email protected]: www.anivaryapumps.com

Apex Industries 154T: +91-2764-291085E: [email protected]: www.industrialcoatingsindia.com

Ashok Industry 176T: +91-22-26232133E: [email protected]: www.ashkindustry.com

Associated Toolings (India) Pvt Ltd 158T: +91-33-26530657E: [email protected]: www.atipl.com

Austin Engineering Company Ltd 173E: [email protected]: www.aec-bearings.com

Avasarala Technologies Limited 143T: +91-80-26083300E: [email protected]: www.avasarala.com

Ballkings 171T: +91-161-2534501E: [email protected]

Baumer India Pvt Ltd 113T: +91-20-25286833E: [email protected]: www.baumer.com

To know more about the advertisers in this magazine, refer to our ‘Advertisers’ List’ or write to us at [email protected] or call us on +91-22-3003 4640or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Bry Air (Asia) Pvt Ltd 181T: +91-11-23906777E: [email protected]: www.bryair.com

C&S Electric Ltd. 137T: +91-11-30887520-29W: www.cselectric.co.in

Champkraft Machine Tools 133T: +91-2752-241881E: [email protected]: www.solcogrinder.com

Classic Polymers & Resins 169T: +91-22-24465251E: [email protected]: www.classicpolymers.com

CNP Pumps India Pvt Ltd 39T: +91-22-25818400E: [email protected]: www.nanfangpumps.com

Coatec India 20T: +91-172-5063436E: [email protected]: www.coatecindia.com

Confederation Of Indian Industry 208T: +91-124-4014060-65 E: [email protected]: www.bsxindia.com

Connectwell Industries Pvt Ltd 8T: +91-251-2870636E: [email protected]: www.connectwell.com

Control Engg Co 16T: +91-33-2248 0192E: [email protected]: www.cecoelectronics.co.in

Dr. Dinesh & Ramesh Engr. Pvt Ltd 184T: +91-79-25893704E: [email protected]: www.drecasting.com

DSM India Pvt Ltd 66T: +91-20-66430813E: [email protected]: www.dsmep.com

Durga Bearing Pvt Ltd 127T: +91-22-6876073E: [email protected]: www.durgabearings.com

Eddycranes Engineers Pvt Ltd 107T: +91-22-2352 2710E: [email protected] W: www.eddycranes.com

Elecon Engineering Company Limited 201T: +91-2692-236469E: [email protected]: www.elecon.com

Electromech Material Handling Sys P Ltd 141T: +91-20-66542222E: [email protected]: www.emech.in

Electronic Automation Pvt Ltd 75T: +91-80-42802345E: [email protected]: www.eaplindia.com

Everest Blower Systems 119T: +91-11-45457777E: [email protected]: www.everestblowers.com

Farmax Machines Private Limited 214-215T: +91-80-28435034E: [email protected]: www.farmax.in

Festo Controls Ltd 77T: +91-80-22894100E: [email protected]: www.festo.com

Flosteer Engineers Pvt Ltd 180T: +91-79-65435676E: [email protected]: www.flosteer.com

Flow Chem Industries 160T: +91-79-27712102E: [email protected]: www.flowchem.com

Fluid Energy Controls Inc 162T: +91-44-42083536E: [email protected]: www.fecindia.com

Forbes Marshall Pvt Ltd FICT: +9120-27145595E: [email protected]: www.forbesmarshall.com

G L Brothers 189T: +91-22-66047000E: [email protected]: www.pilotindia.com

G M Engineering 213T: +91-2827-287658E: [email protected]: www.gmengg.com

G R Polynets 176T: +91-2692-230484E: [email protected]: www.grpolynets.com

G W Precision Tools India Pvt Ltd 5T: +91-80-40431252E: [email protected]: www.gwindia.in

Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd 21T: +91-22-66720200E: [email protected]: www.geapl.co.in

Page 213: Search - September 2012
Page 214: Search - September 2012

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

214 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Our consistent advertisers

Gelco Electronics Pvt Ltd 205T: +91-79-22200902E: [email protected]: www.gelco-world.com

Goliya Electricals Pvt Ltd 167T: +91-22-24120456E: [email protected]: www.goliya.com

Goliya Instruments Pvt Ltd 183T: +91-22-24149657E: [email protected]: www.goliyainstruments.com

Grundfos Pumps India Pvt Ltd .BCT: +91-44-24966800E: [email protected]: www.grundfos.in

Heattrans Equipments Pvt.Ltd. 186T: +91-79-25840105E: [email protected]: www.heattrans.com

Heidelberg Prominent Fluid Controls 157T: +91-80-23578872E: [email protected]: www.prominentindia.com

Hensel Electric India Pvt. Ltd. 10T: +91-44-24541669E: [email protected]: www.hensel-electric.de

Hi-Fab Engineers Pvt Ltd 120T: +91-22-40766555E: [email protected]: www.hi-fab.com

Hiflon Polymers Industries 188T: +91-79-25857182E: [email protected]: www.fluoroplastind.com

Hindustan Motor Mfg Co 174T: +91-22-42500500E: [email protected]: www.hindmotors.com

Igus India Pvt Ltd 102T: +91-80-39127800E: [email protected]: www.igus.in

Indian Machine Tool Mfgr’S Asso, 82T: +91-80-66246600E: [email protected]: www.imtma.in

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Ingeco Gears Pvt. Ltd. 164T: +91-2717-651551E: [email protected]: www.ingecogears.com

Inventum Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 138T: +91-22-26730499E: [email protected]: www.inventumindia.com

Jagdeep Foundry (Regd.) 181T: +91-1871-242750E: [email protected]: www.jagdeepfoundry.in

Jaibalaji Control Gears Pvt. Ltd., 28-35T: +91-44-26251279E: [email protected]: www.jaibalaji.firm.in

Jaykrishna Magnetics Pvt Ltd 151T: +91-79-22970452E: [email protected]: www.magneticequipments.com

Joyam Engineers & Consultants Pvt Ltd 175T: +91-79-26569533E: [email protected]: www.joyamvactech.com

Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt Ltd 7T: +91-253-2350120/338E: [email protected]: www.jyoticeramic.com

Jyoti Cnc Automation Pvt. Ltd. .BICT: +91-2827-287081E: [email protected]: www.jyoti.co.in

K.P.Mondal & Sons. 163T: +91-33-26530673E: [email protected]: www.kpmvalves.com

Kamal Valves Pvt Ltd 128T: +91-288-2673239E: [email protected]

Kiran Manufactures 170T: +91-281-2388372E: [email protected]: www.nagmanilathes.com

Klipco Pvt Ltd 197T: +91-22-28684221E: [email protected]: www.klipcoclips.com

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Knowell International Pvt Ltd 168T: +91-33-22304627E: [email protected]: www.knowell.co.in

Lan Marketing Pvt Ltd 197T: +91-22-27893645E: [email protected]: www.maag.com

Larsen & Toubro Ltd 3T: +1800-233-5858E: [email protected]: www.larsentoubro.com

Larsen & Toubro Ltd 17T: +91-22-67525656E: [email protected]: www.larsentoubro.com

Liberty Shoes Ltd 73T: +91-1748-251120E: [email protected]: www.libertyshoes.com

Libratherm Instruments Pvt. Ltd. 177T: +91-22-42555353E: [email protected]: www.libratherm.com

Luthra Pneumsys 217T: +91-09821128362E: [email protected]: www.pneumsys.com

M+V Marketing - Leuze Electronic 95T: +91-80-40854444E: [email protected]: www.leuze.in

Machbow Products 184T: +91-22-25784069E: [email protected]: www.machbow.com

Maco Corporation India Pvt Ltd 24T: +91-33-24758371E: [email protected]: www.macocorporation.com

Macro Tech Equipment Pvt Ltd 121T: +91-33-24666261E: [email protected]: www.macrotechcal.com

Makson Machines Pvt Ltd 178T: +91-278-2446437E: [email protected]: www.makwanaeng.com

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Our consistent advertisers

Page 215: Search - September 2012

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 215

Our consistent advertisers

Marks Pryor Marketing Technology 18T: +91-20-66743300E: [email protected]: www.markspryor.com

Messe Dusseldorf India Pvt Ltd 26T: +91-11-26971745E: [email protected]: www.md-india.com

MGM-Varvel Power Transmission (P) Ltd 83T: +91-44-64627008E: [email protected]: www.mgmvarvelindia.com

Minilec (India) Pvt Ltd 99T: +91-20-66524695E: [email protected]: www.minilecgroup.com

Mitcon Consultancy Services Ltd 25T: +91-20-25533309E: [email protected]: www.mitconindia.com

Mitsubishi Electric (I) Pvt. Ltd. 65T: +91-124-4630300E: [email protected]: www.mitsubishielectric.asia/india/

MMI India Pvt Ltd 115; 207T: +91-22-42554700E: [email protected]: www.electronica-india.com

Moulik Rubber Industries 193T: +91-22-40037863E: [email protected]: www.moulikrubberindustries.com

NI Systems India Pvt Ltd 12-13T: +91-80-41190000E: [email protected]: www.ni.com

NIA Controls 196T: +91-250-2480916E: [email protected]: www.tscindia.com

NMTG Mechtrans Techniques Pvt Ltd. 180T: +91-79-22821527E: [email protected]: www.nmtgindia.com

Oil Seals Mfg Co Pvt Ltd 164T: +91-22-22047943E: [email protected]

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

OSG India Pvt Ltd 155T: +91-20-66304407/08W: www.osg-india.com

Oswal Pumps Ltd. 79T: +91-184-6616600E: [email protected]: www.oswalpumps.com

P P I Pumps Pvt Ltd 162T: +91-79-25832273E: [email protected]: www.ppipumps.com

Parth Poly Valves Pvt. Ltd 180T: +91-79-22200198E: [email protected]: www.parthvalves.com

Patels Airflow Ltd 166T: +91-79-40200800E: [email protected]: www.steeltubeinida.com

Pentair Technical Products India Pvt Ltd 47T: +91-80-28454640E: [email protected]: www.pentairtechnicalproducts.com

Pinnacle Engineering Enterprise 193T: +91-2752-230552E: [email protected]: www.pinnaclegrinder.com

Pitroda Utility Industries 183T: +91-2752-243795E: [email protected]: www.pitrodautilityindia.com

Power Build Ltd 6T: +91-2692-231070E: [email protected]: www.pbl.co.in

Precihole Machine Tools Pvt Ltd 4T: +886-3-329-9968E: [email protected]: www.peei.com.tw

Precision Brearing Pvt. Ltd 159T: +91-79-65412051E: [email protected]: www.znlbearings.com

Premier Engineering Technics Pvt Ltd 189T: +91-22-26852233E: [email protected]: www.premiertechnics.com

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Progressive Engineers 179T: +91-22-32944289E: [email protected]: www.progressiveengineers.net

Raajratna Ventures Ltd 195T: +91-79-27561915E: [email protected]: www.raajfasteners.com

Rapid Controls Pvt Ltd 59T: +91-11-28115349E: [email protected]: www.rapidcontrols.in

Ravel Hiteks Pvt Ltd 188T: +91-44-24963241E: [email protected]: www.ravelhiteks.com

Ravi Electronics 153T: +91-79-65722609E: [email protected]: www.fluconautomationinc.com

Renu Electronics Pvt Ltd 48T: +91-20-27292840E: [email protected]: www.renuelectronics.com

Rexello Castors Pvt Ltd 160T: +91-22-40917777E: [email protected]: www.rexello.com

Rittal India Pvt Ltd - Eplan Div. 101T: +91-22-39527200E: [email protected]: www.eplan.in

Robin Precision Products Pvt Ltd. 187T: +91-2827-287631E: [email protected]: www.bloodtools.com

Rotomotive Powerdrives India Ltd. 46T: +91-2692-230173E: [email protected]: www.rotomotive.com

Salvagnini Machinery India Pvt Ltd 218T: +91-80-32214123E: [email protected]: www.salvangninigroup.com

Sanyo Denki Singapore Pte Ltd 191T: +91-44-42038472E: [email protected]: www.sanyodenki.com/ad/search1201

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Our consistent advertisers

Page 216: Search - September 2012

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

216 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2

Sarabsukh Enterprises 160T: +91-1871-223893E: [email protected]: www.sarabsukhmachines.com

Senor Metals Pvt Ltd 175T: +91-288-2730251E: [email protected]: www.senormetals.in

Shachi Engg Pvt Ltd 156T: +91-20-66546900E: [email protected]: www.shachiengg.com

Shailesh Sales Corporation 203T: +91-281-2461102E: [email protected]: www.shaileshmachines.com

Shree Siddhivinayak Industries 161T: +91-22-28458372E: [email protected]: www.minivacpumps.com

Siddhapura Engineering Works 169T: +91-278-2428054E: [email protected]: www.siddhapuradrills.com

Siemens Ltd 19T: +91-22-27623727E: [email protected]: www.siemens.com

SKF Group 43W: www.skf.com

Smalley Steel Ring Company 171T: +847-719-5900E: [email protected]: www.smalley.com

SNF Sales Corportation 211T: +91-09325021277E: [email protected]

Sonal Magnetics 194T: +91-79-22872349E: [email protected]: www.sonalmagnetics.com

Spareage Seals Ltd 129T: +91-22-25800972E: [email protected]: www.spareage.com

Spares & Components Co 94T: +91-22-28836879E: [email protected]: www.spco.in

Sri Vishnu Pumps Manufacturing Co 163T: +91-22-28458372E: [email protected]: www.minivacpumps.com

Strategi Automation Solutions Pvt Ltd 185T: +91-22-66926217E: [email protected]: www.strategiautomation.com

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Suhner India Pvt Ltd 153T: +91-80-27831108E: [email protected]: www.suhner.com

Sumitron Exports Pvt Ltd. 49; 87; 167; 179T: +91-11-41410631E: [email protected]: www.sumitron.com

Superflex Engineers 172T: +91-09998882404E: [email protected]

Supremo Line & Control 165T: +91-79-22205282E: [email protected]: www.supremoproduct.com

Suraj Limited 177T: +91-79-27540720E: [email protected]: www.surajgroup.com

Suresh Enterprises 196T: +91-2762-224814E: [email protected]: www.sevitsil.com

Sushma Industries 41T: +91-80-28397463E: [email protected]: www.sushmaindustries.com

Synco Industries Ltd 170T: +91-291-2742077E: [email protected]: www.synco.co.in

SYP Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 118T: +91-22-28489969E: [email protected]: www.sypco.co.in

Taha Pumps & Valves 187T: +91-2752-240233E: [email protected]: www.tahapumps.com

Techno Industries 114T: +91-79-25830742E: [email protected]: www.technoind.com

Tee-Vee Tools & Engineering Industries 190T: +91-250-2023363E: [email protected]

Teknic 23T: +91-22-26592392E: [email protected]: www.tecknic.co.in

The Indian Electric Co 71T: +91-20-66865200E: [email protected]: www.indianelectric.com

Theeta Electricals Pvt Ltd 176T: +91-124-4387400E: [email protected]: www.theeta.com

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Timken Engineering India Pvt Ltd 105T: +91-80-40053100E: [email protected]: www.timken.com

Tox Pressotehnik India Pvt Ltd 161T: +91-20-66538300E: [email protected]: www.tox-de.com

Trident Precision International 182T: +91-11-41425326E: [email protected]: www.trident-precision.com

Trident Products Pvt Ltd 166T: +91-124-4300626E: [email protected]: www.hydrauliccylinder.co.in

Tussor Machine Tools Ind P Ltd 27T: +91-422-3200183E: [email protected]: www.pinachoindia.com

Tyrolit India Superabrasive Pvt. Ltd 111T: +91-80-40953259E: [email protected]: www.tylolit.com

Udeyraj Electricals Pvt Ltd 185T: +91-22-66916181E: [email protected]: www.udeyraj.com

Unipunch Toolings Pvt Ltd 172T: +91-44-26253436E: [email protected]: www.fabmachinesindia.com

UNP Polyvalves India Pvt Ltd 55T: +91-265-2649248E: [email protected]: www.polyvalve.com

Vacunair Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 157T: +91-79-22910771E: [email protected]: www.vacunair.com

Vadodara Chamber Of Commerce & Indus. 22T: +91-265-2642291E: [email protected]: www.vcciexpo.org

Weldor Engineering Pvt Ltd 186T: +91-281-2360242E: [email protected]: www.weldor.com

Wendt India Ltd 125T: +91-4344-405500E: [email protected]: www.wendtgroup.com

Western Material Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 195T: +86-21-5876-1508E: [email protected]: www.wmt-china.cn

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No

Our consistent advertisers

Page 217: Search - September 2012
Page 218: Search - September 2012
Page 219: Search - September 2012
Page 220: Search - September 2012

220

Vo

l 15 No

09

Sep

temb

er 2012

RNI No: 67827 /98 Postal Regd No G 2 / NMD / 81 / 2011 -13Posted at Mumbai PatrikaChannel Sorting Office- GPO, Mumbai 400 001

on 22nd & 23rd of Every Previous Month Date Of Publication: 18th of Every Month

RNI No: 67827 / 98 Licensed to Post without prepayment License No: WPP - 246Postal Regd No: KA / BG GPO / 2564 / 2011-13Posted at MBC, Bangalore GPO on 25th & 26th of Every Previous MonthDate of Publication: 18th of Every Month.